4-573-403-33(1)

FM/MW/SW Operating Instructions GB

Digital Media
Player

To cancel the demonstration (DEMO) display, see page 10.

For the connection/installation, see page 16.

DSX-A100U/DSX-A100UW
 For safety, be sure to install this unit in the
dashboard of the car as the rear side of the unit
becomes hot during use.
For details, see “Connection/Installation”
(page 16).

The nameplate indicating operating voltage, etc., is

located on the bottom of the chassis.

WARNING: Do not ingest battery,

Chemical Burn Hazard.
The remote commander contains a coin/
button cell battery. If the coin/button cell battery is
swallowed, it can cause severe internal burns in just
2 hours and can lead to death.
Keep new and used batteries away from children. If
the battery compartment does not close securely,
stop using the product and keep it away from
children.
If you think batteries might have been swallowed or
placed inside any part of the body, seek immediate
medical attention.

Note on the lithium battery

Do not expose the battery to excessive heat such as
direct sunlight, fire or the like.

Warning if your car’s ignition has no ACC

position
Be sure to set the AUTO OFF function (page 10).
The unit will shut off completely and
automatically in the set time after the unit is
turned off, which prevents battery drain. If you
do not set the AUTO OFF function, press and hold
OFF until the display disappears each time you
turn the ignition off.

Disclaimer regarding services offered by third

parties
Services offered by third parties may be changed,
suspended, or terminated without prior notice.
Sony does not bear any responsibility in these sorts
of situations.

2GB
Table of Contents
Guide to Parts and Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Getting Started
Detaching the Front Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Setting the Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Connecting a USB Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Connecting Other Portable Audio Device . . . . . . . 7

Listening to the Radio

Listening to the Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Using Radio Data System (RDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Playback
Playing a USB Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Searching and Playing Tracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Settings
Canceling the DEMO Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Basic Setting Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
General Setup (GENERAL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Sound Setup (SOUND) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Display Setup (DISPLAY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Additional Information
Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Connection/Installation
Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Parts List for Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

3GB
Guide to Parts and Controls

Main unit

 Front panel release button  SEEK +/–

Tune in radio stations automatically. Press and
 SRC (source)
hold to tune manually.
Turn on the power.
Change the source. / (prev/next)
/ (fast-reverse/fast-forward)
OFF
Press and hold for 1 second to turn the source  PTY (program type)
off and display the clock. Select PTY in RDS.
Press and hold for more than 2 seconds to turn (browse) (page 9)
off the power and the display. Enter the browse mode during playback.
If the unit is turned off and the display
disappears, operation by the remote  MODE (page 7)
commander is not available. (back)
Return to the previous display.
 Control dial
Rotate to adjust the volume.  Receptor for the remote commander
PUSH ENTER  Number buttons (1 to 6)
Enter the selected item. Receive stored radio stations. Press and hold to
MENU store stations.
Open the setup menu. ALBUM /
 Display window Skip an album for audio device. Press and hold
to skip albums continuously.
(repeat)
(shuffle)
PAUSE

4GB
 MEGA BASS  ///
Reinforces bass sound in synchronization with Select a setup item, etc.
the volume level. Press to change the MEGA ENTER
BASS setting: [1], [2], [OFF]. Enter the selected item.
 AUX input jack / (prev/next)
 DSPL (display) +/– (album +/–)
Press to change display items.  VOL (Volume) +/–
SCRL (scroll)
Press and hold to scroll a display item.
Remove the insulation film before use.
 USB port

RM-X211 Remote commander

The VOL (volume) + button has a tactile dot.

 ATT (attenuate)
Attenuate the sound. Press again to cancel the
attenuation.
 SOUND
Open the SOUND menu directly.
MENU
Press and hold to open the setup menu.

5GB
 Setting the Clock
Getting Started
1 Press MENU, rotate the control dial to
select [SET GENERAL], then press it.
Detaching the Front Panel
You can detach the front panel of this unit to 2 Rotate the control dial to select [SET
prevent theft. CLOCK-ADJ], then press it.
The hour indication flashes.
1 Press and hold OFF  until the unit turns
off, press the front panel release button 3 Rotate the control dial to set the hour
, then pull the panel towards you to and minute.
remove. To move the digital indication, press SEEK +/–.

4 After setting the minute, press MENU.

The setup is complete and the clock starts.

To display the clock

Press DSPL.

Caution alarm
Connecting a USB Device
If you turn the ignition switch to the OFF position
without detaching the front panel, the caution
1 Turn down the volume on the unit.
alarm will sound for a few seconds. The alarm will
only sound if the built-in amplifier is used.
2 Connect the USB device to the unit.

Attaching the front panel

6GB
Connecting Other Portable
Listening to the Radio
Audio Device
1 Turn off the portable audio device. Listening to the Radio
2 Turn down the volume on the unit. To listen to the radio, press SRC to select [TUNER].

3 Connect the portable audio device to the

AUX input jack (stereo mini jack) on the Storing automatically (BTM)
unit with a connecting cord (not 1 Press MODE to change the band (FM1,
supplied)*. FM2, FM3, MW, SW1 or SW2).
* Be sure to use a straight type plug.
2 Press MENU, rotate the control dial to
select [SET GENERAL], then press it.
3 Rotate the control dial to select [SET
BTM], then press it.
The unit stores stations in order of frequency on
the number buttons.

Tuning
4 Press SRC to select [AUX]. 1 Press MODE to change the band (FM1,
FM2, FM3, MW, SW1 or SW2).
To match the volume level of the connected
device to other sources 2 Perform tuning.
Start playback of the portable audio device at a To tune manually
moderate volume, and set your usual listening Press and hold SEEK +/– to locate the
volume on the unit. approximate frequency, then press SEEK +/–
Press MENU, then select [SET SOUND]  [SET AUX repeatedly to fine adjust to the desired
VOL] (page 11). frequency.
To tune automatically
Press SEEK +/–.
Scanning stops when the unit receives a station.

Storing manually
1 While receiving the station that you want
to store, press and hold a number button
(1 to 6) until [MEM] appears.

7GB
Receiving the stored stations
1 Select the band, then press a number Playback
button (1 to 6).
Playing a USB Device
MSC (Mass Storage Class) and MTP (Media Transfer
Using Radio Data System (RDS) Protocol) type USB devices (such as a USB flash
drive, digital media player, Android™ phone)
compliant with the USB standard can be used.
Selecting program types (PTY) Depending on the digital media player or Android
phone, setting the USB connection mode to MTP is
1 Press PTY during FM reception. required.
2 Rotate the control dial until the desired Notes
program type appears, then press it.  For details on the compatibility of your USB device,
visit the support site (page 21).
The unit starts to search for a station  Playback of the following files is not supported.
broadcasting the selected program type. MP3/WMA/FLAC:
 copyright-protected files
Type of programs  DRM (Digital Rights Management) files
 Multi-channel audio files
NEWS (News), AFFAIRS (Current Affairs), INFO MP3/WMA:
(Information), SPORT (Sports), EDUCATE  lossless compression files
(Education), DRAMA (Drama), CULTURE (Culture),
SCIENCE (Science), VARIED (Varied), POP M (Pop 1 Connect a USB device to the USB port
Music), ROCK M (Rock Music), EASY M (M.O.R. (page 6).
Music), LIGHT M (Light classical), CLASSICS (Serious Playback starts.
classical), OTHER M (Other Music), WEATHER If a device is already connected, to start
(Weather), FINANCE (Finance), CHILDREN playback, press SRC to select [USB].
(Children’s program), SOCIAL A (Social Affairs),
RELIGION (Religion), PHONE IN (Phone In), TRAVEL 2 Adjust the volume on this unit.
(Travel), LEISURE (Leisure), JAZZ (Jazz Music),
COUNTRY (Country Music), NATION M (National
To stop playback
Press and hold OFF for 1 second.
Music), OLDIES (Oldies Music), FOLK M (Folk Music),
DOCUMENT (Documentary)
To remove the device
Stop playback, then remove the device.

Setting clock time (CT)

The CT data from the RDS transmission sets the
clock.

1 Set [SET CT-ON] in [SET GENERAL]

(page 10).

8GB
 4 Press ENTER to return to the Quick-
Searching and Playing Tracks BrowZer mode.
The selected item appears.

Repeat play and shuffle play 5 Rotate the control dial to select the
desired item, then press it.
1 During playback, press (repeat) or Playback starts.
(shuffle) repeatedly to select the desired
play mode.
Playback in the selected play mode may take
time to start.

Available play modes differ depending on the

selected sound source.

Searching a track by name (Quick-

BrowZer™)
1 During USB playback, press (browse)*
to display the list of search categories.
When the track list appears, press (back)
repeatedly to display the desired search
category.
* During USB playback, press (browse) for more
than 2 seconds to directly return to the beginning
of the category list.

2 Rotate the control dial to select the

desired search category, then press it to
confirm.
3 Repeat step 2 to search the desired track.
Playback starts.

To exit the Quick-BrowZer mode

Press (browse).

Searching by skipping items

(Jump mode)
1 Press (browse).
2 Press SEEK +.
3 Rotate the control dial to select the item.
The list is jumped in steps of 10% of the total
number of items.

9GB
 General Setup (GENERAL)
Settings
DEMO (demonstration)
Activates the demonstration: [ON], [OFF].
Canceling the DEMO Mode
You can cancel the demonstration display which CLOCK-ADJ (clock adjust) (page 6)
appears when the source is off and the clock is
CAUT ALM (caution alarm)
displayed.
Activates the caution alarm: [ON], [OFF]
1 Press MENU, rotate the control dial to (page 6).
(Available only while the source is off and the
select [SET GENERAL], then press it.
clock is displayed.)
2 Rotate the control dial to select [SET
BEEP
DEMO], then press it. Activates the beep sound: [ON], [OFF].
3 Rotate the control dial to select [SET AUTO OFF
DEMO-OFF], then press it. Shuts off automatically after a desired time
The setting is complete. when the unit is turned off: [NO], [30S] (30
seconds), [30M] (30 minutes), [60M] (60
4 Press (back) twice. minutes).
The display returns to normal reception/play
mode. CT (clock time)
Activates the CT function: [ON], [OFF].

BTM (best tuning memory) (page 7)

Basic Setting Operation (Available only when the tuner is selected.)
You can set items in the following setup categories:
General setup (GENERAL), Sound setup (SOUND),
Display setup (DISPLAY)
Sound Setup (SOUND)
1 Press MENU.
This setup menu is available when any source is
2 Rotate the control dial to select the setup selected.
category, then press it. EQ5 PRESET
The items that can be set differ depending on Selects an equalizer curve from 10 equalizer
the source and settings. curves or off:
[OFF], [R&B], [ROCK], [POP], [DANCE], [HIP-HOP],
3 Rotate the control dial to select the
[ELECTRONICA], [JAZZ], [AFRO POP], [BONGO],
options, then press it. [CUSTOM].
The equalizer curve setting can be memorized
To return to the previous display for each source.
Press (back).

10GB
EQ5 SETTING
Sets [CUSTOM] of EQ5.
BASE Additional Information
Selects a preset equalizer curve as a basis for
further customizing: [BAND1] (low frequency),
[BAND2] (mid-low frequency), [BAND3] (mid
Precautions
frequency), [BAND4] (mid-high frequency),  Cool off the unit beforehand if your car has been
[BAND5] (high frequency). parked in direct sunlight.
The volume level is adjustable in 1 dB steps,  Do not leave the front panel or audio devices
from -10 dB to +10 dB. brought in inside the car, or it may cause
malfunction due to high temperature in direct
BALANCE sunlight.
Adjusts the sound balance: [RIGHT-15] –  Power antenna (aerial) extends automatically.
[CENTER] – [LEFT-15].
To maintain high sound quality
FADER Do not splash liquid onto the unit.
Adjusts the relative level: [FRONT-15] – [CENTER]
– [REAR-15].
Playback order of audio files
AUX VOL (AUX volume level)
Adjusts the volume level for each connected
auxiliary device: [+18 dB] – [0 dB] – [-8 dB]. Folder (album)
This setting negates the need to adjust the Audio file (track)
volume level between sources.

Display Setup (DISPLAY)

BLK OUT (black out)
Turns off the illumination automatically for any
source (e.g., during radio reception, etc.) if no
operation is performed for 5 seconds: [ON],
[OFF].
To turn the light back on, press any button on If you have any questions or problems concerning
the unit or the remote commander. your unit that are not covered in this manual,
consult your nearest Sony dealer.
DIMMER
Changes the display brightness: [ON], [OFF].

SND SYNC (sound synchronization)

Activates the synchronization of the illumination
Maintenance
with the sound: [ON], [OFF].
Replacing the lithium battery of the remote
AUTO SCR (auto scroll) commander
Scrolls long items automatically: [ON], [OFF]. Under normal conditions, the battery will last
(Not available when the AUX or tuner is approximately 1 year. (The service life may be
selected.) shorter, depending on the conditions of use.)
When the battery becomes weak, the range of the
remote commander becomes shorter.

11GB
CAUTION
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly
replaced. Replaced only with the same or
Specifications
equivalent type.
Tuner section
+ side up
FM
Tuning range: 87.5 – 108.0 MHz
Antenna (aerial) terminal:
External antenna (aerial) connector
Intermediate frequency:
FM CCIR: -1,956.5 to -487.3 kHz and
+500.0 to +2,095.4 kHz
Notes on the lithium battery Usable sensitivity: 7 dBf
 Keep the lithium battery out of the reach of children. Selectivity: 75 dB at 400 kHz
Should the battery be swallowed, immediately Signal-to-noise ratio: 73 dB
consult a doctor. Separation: 50 dB at 1 kHz
 Wipe the battery with a dry cloth to ensure a good Frequency response: 20 – 15,000 Hz
contact.
 Be sure to observe the correct polarity when installing MW
the battery. Tuning range: 531 – 1,602 kHz
 Do not hold the battery with metallic tweezers, Antenna (aerial) terminal:
otherwise a short-circuit may occur.
External antenna (aerial) connector
WARNING Sensitivity: 26 μV
Battery may explode if mistreated. SW
Do not recharge, disassemble, or dispose of in Tuning range:
fire. SW1: 2,940 – 7,735 kHz
SW2: 9,500 – 18,135 kHz
Cleaning the connectors (except for 10,140 – 11,575 kHz)
The unit may not function properly if the Antenna (aerial) terminal:
connectors between the unit and the front panel External antenna (aerial) connector
are not clean. In order to prevent this, detach the Intermediate frequency:
front panel (page 6) and clean the connectors with -2,463.8 to -1,710.1 kHz and
a cotton swab. Do not apply too much force. +1,710.0 to +2,418.4 kHz
Otherwise, the connectors may be damaged. Sensitivity: 26 μV

USB Player section

Interface: USB (Full-speed)
Maximum current: 500 mA
The maximum number of recognizable tracks:
 folders (albums): 256
 files (tracks) per folder: 256
Notes Corresponding codec:
 For safety, turn off the ignition before cleaning the MP3 (.mp3)
connectors, and remove the key from the ignition Bit rate: 8 – 320 kbps (Supports VBR (Variable
switch. Bit Rate))
 Never touch the connectors directly with your fingers Sampling rate: 16 – 48 kHz
or with any metal device.
WMA (.wma)
Bit rate: 32 – 192 kbps (Supports VBR (Variable
Bit Rate))

12GB
 Sampling rate: 32 kHz, 44.1 kHz, 48 kHz This product is protected by certain intellectual
FLAC (.flac) property rights of Microsoft Corporation. Use or
Bit depth: 16 bit, 24 bit distribution of such technology outside of this
Sampling rate: 44.1 kHz, 48 kHz product is prohibited without a license from
Microsoft or an authorized Microsoft subsidiary.
Power amplifier section
Output: Speaker outputs MPEG Layer-3 audio coding technology and patents
licensed from Fraunhofer IIS and Thomson.
Speaker impedance: 4 – 8 ohms
Maximum power output: 55 W × 4 (at 4 ohms) Android is a trademark of Google Inc.
General libFLAC
Outputs: Copyright (C) 2000-2009 Josh Coalson
Audio outputs terminal (rear) Copyright (C) 2011-2013 Xiph.Org Foundation
Power antenna (aerial)/Power amplifier control
terminal (REM OUT) Redistribution and use in source and binary forms,
Inputs: with or without modification, are permitted
Remote controller input terminal provided that the following conditions are met:
Antenna (aerial) input terminal  Redistributions of source code must retain the
AUX input jack (stereo mini jack) above copyright notice, this list of conditions and
USB port the following disclaimer.
Power requirements: 12 V DC car battery (negative
ground (earth))  Redistributions in binary form must reproduce
Rated current consumption: 10 A the above copyright notice, this list of conditions
and the following disclaimer in the
Dimensions:
documentation and/or other materials provided
Approx. 178 mm × 50 mm × 120 mm
with the distribution.
(7 1/8 in × 2 in × 4 3/4 in) (w/h/d)
Mounting dimensions:  Neither the name of the Xiph.org Foundation nor
Approx. 182 mm × 53 mm × 102 mm the names of its contributors may be used to
(7 1/4 in × 2 1/8 in × 4 1/8 in) (w/h/d) endorse or promote products derived from this
Mass: Approx. 0.7 kg (1 lb 9 oz) software without specific prior written
Package contents: permission.
Main unit (1) THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT
Remote commander (1): RM-X211 HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS “AS IS” AND ANY
Parts for installation and connections (1 set) EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING,
BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
Your dealer may not handle some of the above
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
listed accessories. Please ask the dealer for detailed
PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
information.
EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
Design and specifications are subject to change BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
without notice. SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
Copyrights SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
Windows Media is either a registered trademark or ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the United CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
States and/or other countries. NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

13GB
 The display disappears from/does not appear in
Troubleshooting the display window.
The following checklist will help you remedy  The dimmer is set to [DIM-ON] (page 11).
problems you may encounter with your unit.  The display disappears if you press and hold OFF.
Before going through the checklist below, check  Press OFF on the unit until the display appears.
the connection and operating procedures.  The connectors are dirty (page 12).
For details on using the fuse and removing the unit
from the dashboard, see “Connection/Installation” The display disappears while the unit is
(page 16). operating.
If the problem is not solved, visit the support site  [BLK OUT] (black out) is set to [B.OUT-ON]
(page 21). (page 11).

The display/illumination flashes.

General  The power supply is not sufficient.
 Check that the car battery supplies enough
No power is being supplied to the unit.
power to the unit. (The power requirement is
 If the unit is turned off and the display
12 V DC.)
disappears, the unit cannot be operated with the
remote commander. The operation buttons do not function.
 Turn on the unit.
 Press DSPL and (back)/MODE for more than
2 seconds to reset the unit.
No sound or the sound is very low.
The contents stored in memory are erased.
 The position of the fader control [FADER] is not
For your safety, do not reset the unit while you
set for a 2-speaker system.
are driving.
 The volume of the unit and/or connected device
is very low.
 Increase the volume of the unit and connected Radio reception
device.
Stations cannot be received.
No beep sound. The sound is hampered by noises.
 An optional power amplifier is connected and  The connection is not correct.
you are not using the built-in amplifier.  If your car has built-in radio antenna (aerial) in
the rear/side glass, connect an REM OUT lead
The contents of the memory have been erased. (blue/white striped) or accessory power supply
 The power supply lead or battery has been lead (red) to the power supply lead of a car’s
disconnected or not connected properly. antenna (aerial) booster.
 Check the connection of the car antenna
Stored stations and correct time are erased. (aerial).
The fuse has blown.  If the auto antenna (aerial) will not extend,
Makes a noise when the position of the ignition check the connection of the power antenna
is switched. (aerial) control lead.
 The leads are not matched correctly with the car’s
accessory power connector. Preset tuning is not possible.
 The broadcast signal is too weak.
During playback or reception, the demonstration
mode starts.
 If no operation is performed for 5 minutes with
[DEMO-ON] set, the demonstration mode starts.
 Set [DEMO-OFF] (page 10).

14GB
 RDS USB NO DEV: A USB device is not connected or
recognized.
PTY displays [- - - - - - - -].  Make sure the USB device or USB cable is securely
 The current station is not an RDS station. connected.
 RDS data has not been received.
 The station does not specify the program type. USB NO MUSIC: There is no playable file.
 Connect a USB device containing playable files
USB device playback (page 12).

You cannot play items via a USB hub. USB NO SUPRT: The USB device is not supported.
 This unit cannot recognize USB devices via a USB  For details on the compatibility of your USB
hub. device, visit the support site (page 21).

A USB device takes longer to play. If these solutions do not help improve the situation,
 The USB device contains files with a complicated consult your nearest Sony dealer.
tree structure.

The sound is intermittent.

 The sound may be intermittent at a high-bit-rate.
 DRM (Digital Rights Management) files may not
be playable in some cases.

Audio file cannot be played.

 USB device formatted with file systems other
than FAT16 or FAT32 are unsupported.*
* This unit supports FAT16 and FAT32, but some USB
device may not support all of these FAT. For details,
refer to the operating instruction of each USB device
or contact the manufacturer.

Error displays/Messages
HUB NO SUPRT: USB hubs are not supported.

OVERLOAD: The USB device is overloaded.

 Disconnect the USB device, then press SRC to
select another source.
 The USB device has a fault, or an unsupported
device is connected.

READ: Now reading information.

 Wait until reading is complete and playback
starts automatically. This may take some time
depending on the file organization.

USB ERROR: The USB device cannot be played.

 Connect the USB device again.

15GB
 Parts List for Installation
Connection/Installation
 

Cautions
 Run all ground (earth) leads to a common
ground (earth) point. ×2
 Do not get the leads trapped under a screw, or
caught in moving parts (e.g., seat railing).
 
 Before making connections, turn the car ignition
off to avoid short circuits. 5 × max. 8 mm
 Connect the yellow and red power supply leads (7/32 × max. 5/16 in)
only after all other leads have been connected.
 Be sure to insulate any loose unconnected leads
×4
with electrical tape for safety.


Precautions
 Choose the installation location carefully so that
the unit will not interfere with normal driving
operations.
 This parts list does not include all the package
 Avoid installing the unit in areas subject to dust,
contents.
dirt, excessive vibration, or high temperature,
 The bracket  and the protection collar  are
such as in direct sunlight or near heater ducts.
attached to the unit before shipping. Before
 Use only the supplied mounting hardware for a
mounting the unit, use the release keys  to
safe and secure installation.
remove the bracket  from the unit. For details,
Note on the power supply lead (yellow) see “Removing the protection collar and the
When connecting this unit in combination with other bracket” (page 18).
stereo components, the amperage rating of the car  Keep the release keys  for future use as they are
circuit to which the unit is connected must be higher
also necessary if you remove the unit from your
than the sum of each component’s fuse amperage
rating. car.

Mounting angle adjustment

Adjust the mounting angle to less than 45°.

16GB
Connection

*3

Power amplifier*1

White
White/black striped
Front speaker*1*2
Gray
Gray/black striped
Green
Green/black striped
Rear speaker*1*2
Purple
Purple/black striped
Black
Yellow
For details, see “Making
Red connections” (page 18).
Blue/white striped

from a wired remote control

(not supplied)*4

from a car antenna (aerial)

*1 Not supplied *3 RCA pin cord (not supplied)

*2 Speaker impedance: 4 – 8 Ω × 4 *4 Depending on the type of car, use an adaptor for a
wired remote control (not supplied).

17GB
Making connections Memory hold connection
When the yellow power supply lead is connected,
 To a common ground (earth) point power will always be supplied to the memory
First connect the black ground (earth) lead, then circuit even when the ignition switch is turned off.
connect the yellow and red power supply leads.
 To the +12 V power terminal which is Speaker connection
energized at all times  Before connecting the speakers, turn the unit off.
Be sure to first connect the black ground (earth)  Use speakers with an impedance of 4 to 8 ohms,
lead to a common ground (earth) point. and with adequate power handling capacities to
avoid damage.
 To the +12 V power terminal which is
energized when the ignition switch is set to
the accessory position
If there is no accessory position, connect to the Installation
+12 V power (battery) terminal which is
energized at all times.
Be sure to first connect the black ground (earth) Removing the protection collar and the
lead to a common ground (earth) point.
bracket
 To the power antenna (aerial) control lead or
the power supply lead of the antenna (aerial) Before installing the unit, remove the protection
booster collar  and the bracket  from the unit.
It is not necessary to connect this lead if there is
no power antenna (aerial) or antenna (aerial) 1 Pinch both edges of the protection collar
booster, or with a manually-operated telescopic , then pull it out.
antenna (aerial).
To AMP REMOTE IN of an optional power
amplifier 
This connection is only for amplifiers and a
power antenna (aerial). Connecting any other
system may damage the unit.

Subwoofer Easy Connection

You can use a subwoofer without a power amplifier
when it is connected to a rear speaker cord. 2 Insert both release keys  until they
click, and pull down the bracket , then
Front speaker
pull up the unit to separate.


Subwoofer




Note
Use a subwoofer with an impedance of 4 to 8 ohms,
and with adequate power handling capacities to avoid
damage.
Face the hook inwards.

18GB
 Mounting the unit in the dashboard Mounting the unit in a Japanese car
You may not be able to install this unit in some
Before installing, make sure the catches on both makes of Japanese cars. In such a case, consult your
sides of the bracket  are bent inwards 2 mm (3/32 Sony dealer.
in). When mounting in a Japanese car, see
“Mounting the unit in a Japanese car” (page 19). TOYOTA

1 Position the bracket  inside the to dashboard/center console
dashboard, then bend the claws outward
for a tight fit.

182 mm (7 1/4 in)

Bracket
53 mm (2 1/8 in)
Bracket


Existing parts supplied with
your car

Catch

NISSAN
2 Mount the unit onto the bracket , then 
attach the protection collar . to dashboard/center console

 Bracket

Bracket



Existing parts supplied with
your car

Notes Note
 If the catches are straight or bent outwards, the unit To prevent malfunction, install only with the supplied
will not be installed securely and may spring out. screws .
 Make sure the 4 catches on the protection collar 
are properly engaged in the slots of the unit.
Detaching and attaching the front panel
For details, see “Detaching the Front Panel”
(page 6).

19GB
Fuse replacement
When replacing the fuse, be sure Fuse (10 A)
to use one matching the
amperage rating stated on the
original fuse. If the fuse blows,
check the power connection and
replace the fuse. If the fuse blows
again after replacement, there
may be an internal malfunction. In such a case,
consult your nearest Sony dealer.

20GB
http://www.sony-asia.com/section/support
http://www.sony-asia.com/caraudio/

21GB
 http://www.sony-asia.com/section/support
http://www.sony-asia.com/caraudio/

21PR
 ‫ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﻓﯿﻮز‬
‫ﻓﯿﻮز )‪ 10‬آﻣﭙﺮ(‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﻓﯿﻮز‪ ،‬ﺣﺘ ًام از ﻓﯿﻮزی اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‬
‫ﮐﻪ درﺟﻪ آﻣﭙﺮ آن ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ درﺟﻪ ﻗﯿﺪ ﺷﺪه روی ﻓﯿﻮز‬
‫اﺻﻠﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬در ﺻﻮرت ﭘﺮﯾﺪن ﻓﯿﻮز‪ ،‬اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺮق را‬
‫ﺑﺮرﺳﯽ ﮐﺮده و ﻓﯿﻮز را ﻋﻮض ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬اﮔﺮ ﭘﺲ از‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ دوﺑﺎره ﻓﯿﻮز ﭘﺮﯾﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻧﻘﺺ‬
‫داﺧﻠﯽ وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬در اﯾﻦ ﺻﻮرت‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺰدﯾﮑﱰﯾﻦ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ‪ Sony‬متﺎس ﺑﮕﯿﺮﯾﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪20PR‬‬
 ‫ﻧﺼﺐ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه در ﯾﮏ ﺧﻮدروی ژاﭘﻨﯽ‬ ‫ﻧﺼﺐ واﺣﺪ در داﺷﺒﻮرد‬
‫ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ در ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از ﺧﻮدروﻫﺎی ژاﭘﻨﯽ‪ ،‬ﻧﺘﻮاﻧﯿﺪ اﯾﻦ واﺣﺪ را ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬در اﯾﻦ ﺻﻮرت‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ‪ Sony‬متﺎس ﺑﮕﯿﺮﯾﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻧﺼﺐ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﻤﱧ ﺷﻮﯾﺪ ﭼﻔﺖ ﻫﺎی ﻫﺮ دو ﻃﺮف ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ‪‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮف داﺧﻞ ﺧﻢ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻧﺼﺐ در ﺧﻮدروی‬
‫‪TOYOTA‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ژاﭘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ "ﻧﺼﺐ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه در ﯾﮏ ﺧﻮدروی ژاﭘﻨﯽ"‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫)ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (19‬ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫در داﺷﺒﻮرد‪/‬ﮐﻨﺴﻮل ﻣﺮﮐﺰی‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ‪ ‬را در داﺧﻞ داﺷﺒﻮرد ﻗﺮار دﻫﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﮔﯿﺮه‬
‫ﻫﺎ را ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺧﺎرج ﺧﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﺤﮑﻢ در ﺟﺎی‬
‫ﺧﻮد ﻗﺮار ﮔﯿﺮد‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه‬
‫‪ 182‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه‬
‫‪ 53‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ‬

‫‪‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻣﻮﺟﻮد اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺧﻮدروی ﺷام‬

‫‪NISSAN‬‬ ‫ﭼﻔﺖ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫در داﺷﺒﻮرد‪/‬ﮐﻨﺴﻮل ﻣﺮﮐﺰی‬ ‫واﺣﺪ را روی ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ‪ ‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﺮده و ﻗﺎب ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ‪‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫را وﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه‬
‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻣﻮﺟﻮد اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺧﻮدروی ﺷام‬

‫ﻧﮑﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﮑﺎت‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺟﻠﻮﮔﯿﺮی از ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ﻧﺎدرﺳﺖ واﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﭘﯿﭻ ﻫﺎی ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ‪ ‬را ﻧﺼﺐ‬ ‫‪ ‬اﮔﺮ ﭼﻔﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺻﺎف ﺑﻮده ﯾﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺧﺎرج ﺧﻢ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬واﺣﺪ ﻣﺤﮑﻢ‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫در ﺟﺎی ﺧﻮد ﻗﺮار ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ و ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﯿﺮون ﺑﯿﺎﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻄﻤﱧ ﺷﻮﯾﺪ ﮐﻪ ‪ 4‬ﭼﻔﺖ روی ﻗﺎب ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﺻﺤﯿﺢ در‬
‫ﺟﺪا ﮐﺮدن و وﺻﻞ ﮐﺮدن ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ‬ ‫ﺷﯿﺎرﻫﺎی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺮای ﺟﺰﺋﯿﺎت‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ "ﺟﺪا ﮐﺮدن ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ" )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (6‬رﺟﻮع ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪19PR‬‬
 ‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻗﺮاری اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬
‫وﻗﺘﯽ ﺳﯿﻢ ﺑﺮق زرد رﻧﮓ وﺻﻞ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﯽ زﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﺳﻮﺋﯿﭻ اﺣﱰاق‬
‫ﺧﺎﻣﻮش اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪار ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺑﺮق رﺳﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﯾﮏ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﯿﻦ ﻣﺸﱰک‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﺑﺘﺪا ﺳﯿﻢ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﯿﻦ را وﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺳﯿﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺑﺮق زرد و‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ را وﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬واﺣﺪ را ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﯿﻨﺎل ﺑﺮق ‪ +12‬وﻟﺘﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﯿﺸﻪ ﺟﺮﯾﺎن در آن ﺑﺮﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺮای ﺟﻠﻮﮔﯿﺮی از ﺑﺮوز آﺳﯿﺐ‪ ،‬از ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎی دارای اﻣﭙﺪاﻧﺲ ‪ 4‬ﺗﺎ ‪8‬‬ ‫ﺣﺘ ًام اﺑﺘﺪا ﺳﯿﻢ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﯿﻦ ﻣﺸﮑﯽ را ﺑﻪ ﯾﮏ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ‬
‫اﻫﻢ و ﻇﺮﻓﯿﺖ ﺑﺮق ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫زﻣﯿﻦ ﻣﺸﱰک وﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﯿﻨﺎل ﺑﺮق ‪ +12‬وﻟﺘﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺳﻮﺋﯿﭻ اﺣﱰاق روی‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ ﻟﻮازم ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ‪ ،‬ﺟﺮﯾﺎن ﺑﺮق در آن ﺑﺮﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ‬
‫اﮔﺮ ﻫﯿﭻ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ وﺳﯿﻠﻪ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪارد‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﯿﻨﺎل )ﺑﺎﺗﺮی(‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ‬ ‫‪ +12‬وﻟﺘﯽ وﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﯿﺸﻪ ﺟﺮﯾﺎن در آن ﺑﺮﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺘ ًام اﺑﺘﺪا ﺳﯿﻢ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﯿﻦ ﻣﺸﮑﯽ را ﺑﻪ ﯾﮏ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ‬
‫زﻣﯿﻦ ﻣﺸﱰک وﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺪا ﮐﺮدن ﻗﺎب ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﱰل آﻧنت ﺑﺮﻗﯽ ﯾﺎ ﺳﯿﻢ ﺑﺮق ﺗﻘﻮﯾﺖ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه آﻧنت‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻧﺼﺐ واﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎب ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ‪ ‬و ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ‪ ‬را از واﺣﺪ ﺟﺪا‬ ‫در ﺻﻮرﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ آﻧﺘﯽ ﺑﺮق ﯾﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﯾﺖ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه آﻧنت وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪارد ﯾﺎ ﺑﺮای‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫آﻧنت ﺗﻠﺴﮑﻮﭘﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﯽ دﺳﺘﯽ راه اﻧﺪازی ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﻻزم ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‬
‫اﯾﻦ ﺳﯿﻢ را وﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬دو ﻟﺒﻪ ﻗﺎب ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ‪ ‬را ﺑﮕﯿﺮﯾﺪ و ﺳﭙﺲ آن را ﺟﺪا ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ورودی ‪ AMP REMOTE IN‬آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﯾﺮ اﺧﺘﯿﺎری‬
‫اﯾﻦ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮای آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﯾﺮﻫﺎ و آﻧنت ﻫﺎی ﺑﺮﻗﯽ اﺳﺖ‪ .‬اﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی دﯾﮕﺮ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه آﺳﯿﺐ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل آﺳﺎن ﺳﺎب ووﻓﺮ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﯿﺪ از ﺳﺎب ووﻓﺮ وﻗﺘﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺳﯿﻢ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮی ﻋﻘﺐ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪون‬
‫آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﯾﺮ ﺑﺮق اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮐﺮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮی ﺟﻠﻮ‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻫﺮ دو ﮐﻠﯿﺪ رﻫﺎﺳﺎز ‪ ‬را ﻃﻮری ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺻﺪای‬
‫ﮐﻠﯿﮏ آن ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮش ﺑﺮﺳﺪ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ‪ ‬را ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺑﮑﺸﯿﺪ‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﮑﺸﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺪا ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎب ووﻓﺮ‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﻧﮑﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺟﻠﻮﮔﯿﺮی از ﺑﺮوز آﺳﯿﺐ‪ ،‬از ﯾﮏ ﺳﺎب ووﻓﺮ ﺑﺎ اﻣﭙﺪاﻧﺲ ‪ 4‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 8‬اﻫﻤﯽ و‬
‫ﻇﺮﻓﯿﺖ ﻣﺪﯾﺮﯾﺖ ﺑﺮق ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻗﻼب را ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ داﺧﻞ ﻗﺮار دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪18PR‬‬
 ‫اﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫*‪3‬‬

‫*‪1‬‬ ‫آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﯾﺮ ﺑﺮق‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺳﻔﯿﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻔﯿﺪ‪/‬ﺳﯿﺎه راه راه‬
‫*‪2*1‬‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮی ﺟﻠﻮ‬
‫ﺧﺎﮐﺴﱰی‬
‫ﺧﺎﮐﺴﱰی‪/‬ﺳﯿﺎه راه راه‬
‫ﺳﺒﺰ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺰ‪/‬ﺳﯿﺎه راه راه‬
‫*‪2*1‬‬‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮی ﻋﻘﺐ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻔﺶ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻔﺶ‪/‬ﺳﯿﺎه راه راه‬
‫ﺳﯿﺎه‬
‫زرد‬
‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‬ ‫ﺑﺮای ﺟﺰﺋﯿﺎت‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ "ﺑﺮﻗﺮاری‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت" )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (18‬رﺟﻮع ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫آﺑﯽ‪/‬ﺳﻔﯿﺪ راه راه‬

‫از ﯾﮏ ﮐﻨﱰل راه دور دارای ﺳﯿﻢ‬

‫)اراﺋﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ(*‪4‬‬

‫از ﯾﮏ آﻧنت ﺧﻮدرو‬

‫*‪ 3‬ﺳﯿﻢ ﭘﯿﻦ ‪) RCA‬اراﺋﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ(‬ ‫*‪ 1‬اراﺋﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫*‪ 4‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮع ﺧﻮدرو‪ ،‬از ﯾﮏ آداﭘﺘﻮر ﺑﺮای ﮐﻨﱰل راه دور ﺳﯿﻤﯽ )اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه‬ ‫*‪ 2‬آﻣﭙﺪاﻧﺲ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ‪ 8 – 4 :‬اﻫﻢ × ‪4‬‬
‫اﺳﺖ( اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪17PR‬‬
 ‫ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺑﺮای ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل‪/‬ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫اﺣﺘﯿﺎط‬
‫‪ ‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﺳﯿﻢ ﻫﺎی اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﯿﻦ را ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺎط اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﯿﻦ وﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪×2‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻣﺮاﻗﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﯿﺪ ﺳﯿﻢ ﻫﺎ زﯾﺮ ﭘﯿﭻ ﻫﺎ ﯾﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻣﺘﺤﺮک ﮔﯿﺮ ﻧﮑﻨﻨﺪ )ﻣﺜ ًﻼ‬
‫رﯾﻞ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﯽ(‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻧﺠﺎم اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‪ ،‬ﺑﺮای ﺟﻠﻮﮔﯿﺮی از ﺑﺮﻗﺮاری اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻣﺪار ﮐﻮﺗﺎه‪،‬‬
‫‪ × 5‬ﺣﺪاﮐرث ‪ 8‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ را ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺳﯿﻢ ﺑﺮق زرد و ﻗﺮﻣﺰ را ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻌﺪ از اﺗﺼﺎل ﺳﺎﯾﺮ ﺳﯿﻢ ﻫﺎ وﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺣﺘ ًام ﺳﯿﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺑﺪون ﻋﺎﯾﻖ را ﺑﺮای ﺣﻔﻆ اﯾﻤﻨﯽ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮار ﭼﺴﺐ ﻫﺎی‬
‫‪×4‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮص وﺳﺎﯾﻞ ﺑﺮﻗﯽ ﺑﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﻮارد اﺣﺘﯿﺎﻃﯽ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﺤﻠﯽ را ﺑﺮای ﻧﺼﺐ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﺑﯿﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه و ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮدﻫﺎی‬
‫ﻋﺎدی راﻧﻨﺪﮔﯽ ﺗﺪاﺧﻠﯽ ﭘﯿﺶ ﻧﯿﺎورد‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬از ﻧﺼﺐ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه در ﻣﺤﻞ ﻫﺎی در ﻣﻌﺮض ﮔﺮد و ﺧﺎک‪ ،‬آﻟﻮدﮔﯽ‪ ،‬ﻟﺮزش‬
‫‪ ‬اﯾﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت در ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪی ﻫﺎ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪارﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫زﯾﺎد ﯾﺎ دﻣﺎی ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ در ﻧﻮر ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ آﻓﺘﺎب ﯾﺎ ﻧﺰدﯾﮏ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺑﺨﺎری‬
‫‪ ‬ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ‪ ‬و ﻗﺎب ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ‪ ‬ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻧﺘﻘﺎل‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﯽ‬ ‫ﺧﻮدداری ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻧﺼﺐ واﺣﺪ‪ ،‬از ﮐﻠﯿﺪﻫﺎی رﻫﺎﺳﺎزی ‪ ‬ﺑﺮای ﺟﺪا ﮐﺮدن‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻓﻘﻂ از ﺳﺨﺖ اﻓﺰار ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﺮای ﻧﺼﺐ اﻣﻦ و ﺑﯽ ﺧﻄﺮ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ‪ ‬از واﺣﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮای ﺟﺰﺋﯿﺎت‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ "ﺟﺪا ﮐﺮدن‬ ‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎب ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه" )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (18‬رﺟﻮع ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﮑﺘﻪ ای درﺑﺎره ﺳﯿﻢ ﺑﺮق )زرد(‬
‫‪ ‬ﮐﻠﯿﺪﻫﺎی رﻫﺎﺳﺎزی ‪ ‬را ﺑﺮای اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻫﺎی ﺑﻌﺪی ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ‪ ،‬زﯾﺮا در‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎم اﺗﺼﺎل اﯾﻦ واﺣﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺳﺎﯾﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت اﺳﱰﯾﻮ‪ ،‬درﺟﻪ آﻣﭙﺮ ﻣﺪار‬
‫ﺻﻮرت ﺟﺪا ﮐﺮدن واﺣﺪ از ﺧﻮدرو ﻧﯿﺰ ﺑﻪ اﯾﻦ ﮐﻠﯿﺪﻫﺎ ﻧﯿﺎز دارﯾﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﻮدروﯾﯽ ﮐﻪ واﺣﺪ ﺑﻪ آن وﺻﻞ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﯾﺪ ﺑﯿﺸﱰ از ﮐﻞ درﺟﻪ آﻣﭙﺮ ﻓﯿﻮز ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ زاوﯾﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫زاوﯾﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ را روی ﮐﻤﱰ از ‪ 45‬درﺟﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪16PR‬‬
 ‫‪ :USB NO DEV‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﯿﺴﺖ ﯾﺎ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﯾﯽ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪RDS‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻄﻤﱧ ﺷﻮﯾﺪ ﮐﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﯾﺎ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ [- - - - - - - -] PTY‬را منﺎﯾﺶ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﮐﻨﻮﻧﯽ ﯾﮏ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ‪ RDS‬ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :USB NO MUSIC‬ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺨﺸﯽ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪارد‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬داده ﻫﺎی ‪ RDS‬درﯾﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸﺪه اﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﺣﺎوی ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (12‬را ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻧﻮع ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ را ﻣﺸﺨﺺ منﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :USB NO SUPRT‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ منﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﺨﺶ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪USB‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺮای ﺟﺰﺋﯿﺎت درﺑﺎره ﺳﺎزﮔﺎر دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﺧﻮد از ﺳﺎﯾﺖ ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ‬
‫دﯾﺪن ﮐﻨﯿﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(21‬‬ ‫ﺷام منﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﯿﺪ ﻣﻮارد را از ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﻫﺎب ‪ USB‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﯾﻦ واﺣﺪ منﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی ‪ USB‬را ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻫﺎب ‪ USB‬ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﯾﯽ‬
‫اﮔﺮ اﯾﻦ راه ﺣﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮای اﺻﻼح وﺿﻌﯿﺖ ﮐﻤﮏ منﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه‬ ‫ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Sony‬ﺧﻮد ﻣﺸﻮرت ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﻣﺪت ﺑﯿﺸﱰی ﻃﻮل ﻣﯽ ﮐﺸﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎﯾﯽ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر درﺧﺘﯽ ﭘﯿﭽﯿﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺪا ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ در ﻧﺮخ ﺑﯿﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ‪ ،‬ﺻﺪا ﻗﻄﻊ و وﺻﻞ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ‪) DRM‬ﻣﺪﯾﺮﯾﺖ ﺣﻘﻮق دﯾﺠﯿﺘﺎل( ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ در ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از‬
‫ﻣﻮارد ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ منﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﺑﺎ ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻤﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ‪ FAT16‬ﯾﺎ ‪ FAT32‬ﻗﺎﻟﺐ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪی ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ منﯽ ﺷﻮد‪*.‬‬
‫اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه از ‪ FAT16‬ﯾﺎ ‪ FAT32‬ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ،‬اﻣﺎ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ‬ ‫*‬
‫ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی ‪ USB‬ﻫﻤﻪ اﻧﻮاع ‪ FAT‬را ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻧﮑﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮای‬
‫ﺟﺰﺋﯿﺎت ﺑﯿﺸﱰ ﺑﻪ راﻫﻨامی ﮐﺎر ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﯾﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
‫متﺎس ﺑﮕﯿﺮﯾﺪ‪.‬‬

‫منﺎﯾﺶ ﻫﺎ‪/‬ﭘﯿﺎم ﻫﺎی ﺧﻄﺎ‬

‫‪ :HUB NO SUPRT‬ﻫﺎب ﻫﺎی ‪ USB‬ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ منﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :OVERLOAD‬ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﭘﺮ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬را ﺟﺪا ﮐﻨﯿﺪ و ﺳﭙﺲ ‪ SRC‬را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﻨﺒﻊ دﯾﮕﺮی‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﻣﺸﮑﻠﯽ دارد ﯾﺎ ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻧﺸﺪه ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬
‫اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :READ‬در ﺣﺎل ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن اﻃﻼﻋﺎت‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺻﱪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن متﺎم ﺷﻮد و ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر ﴍوع ﺷﻮد‪ .‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎزﻣﺎن ﻓﺎﯾﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻗﺪری ﻃﻮل ﺑﮑﺸﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :USB ERROR‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬منﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ منﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دوﺑﺎره دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬را ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪15PR‬‬
 ‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ از ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻣﺤﻮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ﯾﺎ ﺑﺮ آن ﻇﺎﻫﺮ منﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬ ‫رﻓﻊ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺎرﮐﻨﻨﺪه روی ]‪) [DIM-ON‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (11‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﺑﺮرﺳﯽ در زﯾﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺷام ﮐﻤﮏ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﮐﺮد ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
‫‪ ‬اﮔﺮ ‪ OFF‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ‪ ،‬منﺎﯾﺸﮕﺮ ﻧﺎﭘﺪﯾﺪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎ واﺣﺪ ﺧﻮد ﻣﻮاﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﯾﺪ را رﻓﻊ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ OFF ‬را روی واﺣﺪ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ اﯾﻨﮑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﺑﺮرﺳﯽ‪ ،‬روش ﻫﺎی اﺗﺼﺎل و ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد را ﺑﺮرﺳﯽ‬
‫‪ ‬اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﮐﺜﯿﻒ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(12‬‬ ‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﮐﺴﺐ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﯿﺸﱰ درﺑﺎره ﻓﯿﻮز و ﺟﺪا ﮐﺮدن دﺳﺘﮕﺎه از داﺷﺒﻮرد‪،‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻣﺤﻮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد درﺣﺎﻟﯿﮑﻪ واﺣﺪ در ﺣﺎل ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ "اﺗﺼﺎل‪/‬ﻧﺼﺐ" )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (16‬ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪) [BLK OUT] ‬ﺧﺎﻣﻮش( روی ]‪ [B.OUT-ON‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬ ‫اﮔﺮ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﺣﻞ ﻧﺸﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﯾﺖ ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎن )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (21‬ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(11‬‬
‫منﺎﯾﺸﮕﺮ‪/‬روﺷﻨﺎﯾﯽ ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﻣﯽ زﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮐﻠﯽ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻧﯿﺮو ﮐﺎﻓﯽ ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺮرﺳﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ ﻧﯿﺮوی ﮐﺎﻓﯽ را ﺑﺮای واﺣﺪ ﺗﺄﻣﯿﻦ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﯿﭻ ﻧﯿﺮوﯾﯽ ﺑﺮای واﺣﺪ ﺗﺎﻣﯿﻦ منﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫)اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻧﯿﺮو‪ 12 ،‬وﻟﺖ ﺟﺮﯾﺎن ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ اﺳﺖ‪(.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﮔﺮ واﺣﺪ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ و ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻣﺤﻮ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬واﺣﺪ منﯽ‬
‫ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور ﻋﻤﻞ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫دﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ﻋﻤﻞ منﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬واﺣﺪ را روﺷﻦ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻋﻘﺐ(‪ MODE/‬را ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪت ﺑﯿﺶ از ‪ 2‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ ﻓﺸﺎر‬ ‫‪ DSPL ‬و‬
‫دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﺠﺪد ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻﺪا ﺧﺎرج منﯽ ﺷﻮد ﯾﺎ ﺑﺴﯿﺎر ﺿﻌﯿﻒ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮاﻫﺎی ذﺧﯿﺮه ﺷﺪه در ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﭘﺎک ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬وﺿﻌﯿﺖ ﮐﻨﱰل ﻣﺤﻮ ﺷﺪن ]‪ [FADER‬ﺑﺮای ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ ‪ 2‬ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺮای اﯾﻤﻨﯽ ﺧﻮد‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎم راﻧﻨﺪﮔﯽ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﺠﺪد ﻧﮑﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﯿﺰان ﺻﺪای دﺳﺘﮕﺎه و‪/‬ﯾﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺴﯿﺎر ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﯿﺰان ﺻﺪای دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﯾﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه را اﻓﺰاﯾﺶ دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫درﯾﺎﻓﺖ رادﯾﻮ‬
‫اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎ منﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ درﯾﺎﻓﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻﺪای ﺑﻮق ﺷﻨﯿﺪه منﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺪا ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎرازﯾﺖ ﻣﺨﺘﻞ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﯾﮏ آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﯾﺮ اﺧﺘﯿﺎری ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه و ﺷام از آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﯾﺮ داﺧﻠﯽ‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده منﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﺗﺼﺎل ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﮔﺮ ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ ﺷام آﻧنت رادﯾﻮی داﺧﻠﯽ در ﺷﯿﺸﻪ ﭘﺸﺖ‪/‬ﮐﻨﺎری دارد‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮای ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﭘﺎک ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﮏ ﺳﯿﻢ ‪) REM OUT‬آﺑﯽ‪/‬ﺳﻔﯿﺪ ﺧﻂ دار( ﯾﺎ ﯾﮏ ﺳﯿﻢ ﺗﺎﻣﯿﻦ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺳﯿﻢ ﺗﺎﻣﯿﻦ ﻧﯿﺮو ﯾﺎ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﺪه ﯾﺎ ﺑﻪ درﺳﺘﯽ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮق ﯾﺪﮐﯽ )ﻗﺮﻣﺰ( ﺑﻪ ﺳﯿﻢ ﺗﺎﻣﯿﻦ ﻧﯿﺮوی ﺗﻘﻮﯾﺖ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه آﻧنت ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی ذﺧﯿﺮه ﺷﺪه و زﻣﺎن درﺳﺖ ﭘﺎک ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﺗﺼﺎل آﻧنت ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ را ﺑﺮرﺳﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﯿﻮز ﭘﺮﯾﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﮔﺮ آﻧنت ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر ﺑﯿﺮون ﻧﯿﺎﯾﺪ‪ ،‬اﺗﺼﺎل ﺳﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﱰل ﻧﯿﺮوی آﻧنت را‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ وﺿﻌﯿﺖ اﺣﱰاق ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ ﺻﺪاﯾﯽ اﯾﺠﺎد ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮرﺳﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺳﯿﻢ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ درﺳﺘﯽ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻮازم ﯾﺪﮐﯽ اﺗﺼﺎل دﻫﻨﺪه ﻧﯿﺮوی ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﯿﻖ‬
‫ﻧﯿﺎﻓﺘﻪ اﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ از ﭘﯿﺶ ﺗﻌﯿﯿﻦ ﺷﺪه ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺳﯿﮕﻨﺎل ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺴﯿﺎر ﺿﻌﯿﻒ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫در ﻃﻮل ﭘﺨﺶ ﯾﺎ درﯾﺎﻓﺖ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻟﺖ منﺎﯾﺶ ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﮔﺮ ﺑﺮای ‪ 5‬دﻗﯿﻘﻪ ﻫﯿﭻ ﻋﻤﻠﯽ اﻧﺠﺎم ﻧﺸﻮد ﺑﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ]‪،[DEMO-ON‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ منﺎﯾﺶ ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪) [DEMO-OFF] ‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (10‬را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪14PR‬‬
 ‫ﺣﻘﻮق ﻧﴩ‬ ‫ﻧﺮخ منﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺮداری‪ 32 :‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ 44.1 ،‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪،‬‬
‫‪ 48‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫‪ Windows Media‬ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺗﺠﺎری ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪه ﯾﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺗﺠﺎری‬ ‫)‪FLAC (.flac‬‬
‫‪ Microsoft Corporation‬در اﯾﺎﻻت ﻣﺘﺤﺪه و ﯾﺎ ﺳﺎﯾﺮ ﮐﺸﻮرﻫﺎﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻖ ﺑﯿﺖ‪ 16 :‬ﺑﯿﺖ‪ 24 ،‬ﺑﯿﺖ‬
‫ﻧﺮخ منﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺮداری‪ 44.1 :‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ 48 ،‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫اﯾﻦ ﻣﺤﺼﻮل ﺑﺎ ﺣﻘﻮق ﻣﺎﻟﮑﯿﺖ اﺧﱰاﻋﺎت ﴍﮐﺖ ﻣﺎﮐﺮوﺳﺎﻓﺖ‬
‫‪ Microsoft Corporation‬ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺪون اﺟﺎزه‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺶ اﻓﺰاﯾﺶ ﻧﯿﺮو‬
‫‪ Microsoft‬ﯾﺎ ﯾﮑﯽ از زﯾﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻫﺎی ‪ ،Microsoft‬ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ‪ :‬ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ﻫﺎی ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از اﯾﻦ ﺗﮑﻨﻮﻟﻮژی ﯾﺎ ﺗﮑﺜﯿﺮ آن ﺧﺎرج از اﯾﻦ ﻣﺤﺼﻮل اﮐﯿﺪا ﻣﻤﻨﻮع‬ ‫آﻣﭙﺪاﻧﺲ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ‪ 8 – 4 :‬اﻫﻢ‬
‫اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪاﮐرث ﺗﻮان ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ‪ 55 :‬وات × ‪) 4‬در ‪ 4‬اﻫﻢ(‬

‫ﻓﻦ آوری رﻣﺰﮔﺬاری ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ‪ MPEG Layer-3‬و اﻣﺘﯿﺎزﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺗﺤﺖ‬ ‫ﮐﻠﯽ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻮز از ‪ Fraunhofer IIS‬و ‪.Thomson‬‬ ‫ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﯿﻨﺎل ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ﻫﺎی ﺻﺪا )ﻋﻘﺐ(‬
‫‪ Android‬ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺗﺠﺎری ‪ Google Inc.‬اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫آﻧنت ﻧﯿﺮو‪/‬ﭘﺎﯾﺎﻧﻪ ﮐﻨﱰل ﮐﻨﻨﺪه ﻧﯿﺮوی آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﯾﺮ )‪(REM OUT‬‬
‫‪libFLAC‬‬
‫ورودی ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﯾﺎﻧﻪ ورودی ﮐﻨﱰل ﮐﻨﻨﺪه از راه دور‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻧﴩ )‪2000-2009 Josh Coalson (C‬‬ ‫ﭘﺎﯾﺎﻧﻪ آﻧنت ورودی‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻧﴩ )‪2011-2013 Xiph.Org Foundation (C‬‬ ‫ﻓﯿﺶ ورودی ‪) AUX‬ﻓﯿﺶ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ اﺳﱰﯾﻮ(‬
‫ﺗﻮزﯾﻊ ﻣﺠﺪد و اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ و اﺷﮑﺎل ﺑﺎﯾرنی ﺑﺎ ﯾﺎ ﺑﺪون ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫درﮔﺎه ‪USB‬‬
‫ﴍط ﺑﺮآورده ﺷﺪن ﴍاﯾﻂ زﯾﺮ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺗﻮان‪ :‬ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ ‪ 12‬وﻟﺖ ﺟﺮﯾﺎن ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ )ﻣﻨﻔﯽ زﻣﯿﻦ(‬
‫ﻣﴫف ﺟﺮﯾﺎن رﺗﺒﻪ ﺑﻨﺪی ﺷﺪه‪ 10 :‬آﻣﭙﺮ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻮزﯾﻊ ﻣﺠﺪد ﮐﺪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺑﺎﯾﺪ ﺣﺎوی اﻋﻼﻣﯿﻪ ﺣﻖ ﻧﴩ ﺑﺎﻻ‪ ،‬ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﴍاﯾﻂ‬ ‫اﺑﻌﺎد‪:‬‬
‫و ﺳﻠﺐ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﯿﺖ ﻫﺎی زﯾﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪود ‪ 178‬ﻣﯿﻠﯿﻤﱰ × ‪ 50‬ﻣﯿﻠﯿﻤﱰ × ‪ 120‬ﻣﯿﻠﯿﻤﱰ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻮزﯾﻊ ﻣﺠﺪد در اﺷﮑﺎل ﺑﺎﯾرنی ﺑﺎﯾﺪ اﻋﻼﻣﯿﻪ ﺣﻖ ﻧﴩ ﺑﺎﻻ‪ ،‬ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﴍاﯾﻂ‬ ‫)ﻋﺮض‪/‬ارﺗﻔﺎع‪/‬ﻋﻤﻖ(‬
‫و ﺳﻠﺐ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﯿﺖ ﻫﺎی زﯾﺮ را در ﺳﻨﺪ و‪/‬ﯾﺎ ﺳﺎﯾﺮ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ‬ ‫اﺑﻌﺎد ﭘﺎﯾﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻮزﯾﻊ درﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪود ‪ 182‬ﻣﯿﻠﯿﻤﱰ × ‪ 53‬ﻣﯿﻠﯿﻤﱰ × ‪ 102‬ﻣﯿﻠﯿﻤﱰ‬
‫)ﻋﺮض‪/‬ارﺗﻔﺎع‪/‬ﻋﻤﻖ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺪون ﻣﺠﻮز ﮐﺘﺒﯽ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻗﺒﻠﯽ‪ ،‬اﺳﻢ ‪Xiph.org Foundation‬‬
‫ﯾﺎ ﻧﺎم ﻫﺎی ﺗﻮزﯾﻊ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎن آن ﻧﺒﺎﯾﺪ ﺑﺮای اﻣﻀﺎ ﯾﺎ ﺗﺒﻠﯿﻎ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻت ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺟﺮم‪ :‬ﺗﻘﺮﯾﺒﺎ ‪ 0,7‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﮔﺮم‬
‫دﺳﺖ آﻣﺪه از اﯾﻦ ﻧﺮم اﻓﺰار اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﯾﺎت ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‪:‬‬
‫واﺣﺪ اﺻﻠﯽ )‪(1‬‬
‫اﯾﻦ ﻧﺮم اﻓﺰار ﺗﻮﺳﻂ دارﻧﺪﮔﺎن ﺣﻖ ﻧﴩ و ﺗﻮزﯾﻊ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎن "آﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور )‪RM-X211 :(1‬‬
‫ﻫﺴﺖ" اراﺋﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد و ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺿامﻧﺖ ﺿﻤﻨﯽ ﯾﺎ ﴏﯾﺢ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ اﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺑﺮای ﻧﺼﺐ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت )‪ 1‬دﺳﺖ(‬
‫ﻧﻪ ﻣﺤﺪود ﺑﻪ ﺿامﻧﺖ ﺿﻤﻨﯽ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﯿﺖ ﻓﺮوش و ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻮدن ﺑﺮای‬
‫اﻫﺪاف ﺧﺎص از آن ﺳﻠﺐ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﺤﺖ ﻫﯿﭻ ﴍاﯾﻄﯽ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ ﯾﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺷام ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از ﻟﻮازم ﯾﺪﮐﯽ ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﺷﺪه در ﺑﺎﻻ را‬
‫ﺗﻮزﯾﻊ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎن در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ آﺳﯿﺐ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ‪ ،‬ﻏﯿﺮﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ‪ ،‬ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ‪،‬‬ ‫اراﺋﻪ ﻧﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﻄﻔﺎ از ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺑﺨﻮاﻫﯿﺪ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت دﻗﯿﻖ ﺑﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺎص‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﺒﯿﻬﯽ ﯾﺎ ﺗﺒﻌﯽ )از ﺟﻤﻠﻪ اﻣﺎ ﻧﻪ ﻣﺤﺪود ﺑﻪ ﺗﻬﯿﻪ ﮐﺎﻻﻫﺎ ﯾﺎ ﺧﺪﻣﺎت‬
‫ﺟﺎﯾﮕﺰﯾﻦ‪ ،‬از دﺳﺖ رﻓنت ﻗﺎﺑﻠﯿﺖ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‪ ،‬اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﯾﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻊ‪ ،‬ﯾﺎ اﺧﺘﻼل‬ ‫ﻃﺮح و ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺑﺪون اﻃﻼع ﻗﺒﻠﯽ در ﻣﻌﺮض ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫در ﮐﺴﺐ و ﮐﺎر( ﻧﺎﺷﯽ از ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮع اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از اﯾﻦ ﻧﺮم اﻓﺰار ﺑﺮ ﻣﺒﻨﺎی ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﻈﺮﯾﻪ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﯿﺖ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮاه ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﯿﺖ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﻗﺮارداد‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﯿﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪود ﯾﺎ ﺟﺮم )از ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻗﺼﻮر ﯾﺎ ﻏﯿﺮ از آن( ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﯿﺘﯽ ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﻨﺪ داﺷﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﺘﯽ اﮔﺮ ﺑﺮای اﺣﺘامل وﻗﻮع ﭼﻨﯿﻦ ﺧﺴﺎرﺗﯽ ﻫﺸﺪار داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪13PR‬‬
 ‫اﺣﺘﯿﺎط‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻨﯽ‬ ‫در ﺻﻮرت ﻗﺮار دادن ﻧﺎدرﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﺮ اﻧﻔﺠﺎر وﺟﻮد دارد‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺗﺮی را‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮع ﯾﮑﺴﺎن ﯾﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ‬ ‫ﻃﺮف ‪ +‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮف ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫‪FM‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ‪ 108.0 – 87.5 :‬ﻣﮕﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﭘﺎﯾﺎﻧﻪ آﻧنت‪:‬‬
‫راﺑﻂ آﻧنت ﺧﺎرﺟﯽ‬
‫ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1,956.5 :FM CCIR‬ﺗﺎ ‪ -487.3‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ و‬
‫‪ +500.0‬ﺗﺎ ‪ +2,095.4‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﯿﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‪ 7 :‬دﺳﯽ ﺑﻞ ﻓﻤﺘﻮوات‬ ‫ﻧﮑﺎﺗﯽ در ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﻟﯿﺘﯿﻮﻣﯽ‬
‫ﮔﺰﯾﻨﺶ ﭘﺬﯾﺮی‪ 75 :‬دﺳﯽ ﺑﻞ در ‪ 400‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﻟﯿﺘﯿﻮﻣﯽ را ﺧﺎرج از دﺳﱰس ﮐﻮدﮐﺎن ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ‪ .‬اﮔﺮ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﺑﻠﻌﯿﺪه‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺳﯿﮕﻨﺎل ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﯾﺰ‪ 73 :‬دﺳﯽ ﺑﻞ‬ ‫ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﻓﻮرا ﺑﺎ ﯾﮏ دﮐﱰ ﻣﺸﻮرت ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزی‪ 50 :‬دﺳﯽ ﺑﻞ در ‪ 1‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻃﺮی را ﺑﺎ ﯾﮏ ﭘﺎرﭼﻪ ﺧﺸﮏ ﭘﺎک ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ از اﺗﺼﺎل درﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﻤﱧ ﺷﻮﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ‪ 15,000 – 20 :‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﻣﻄﻤﱧ ﺷﻮﯾﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻄﺒﯿﺖ درﺳﺖ را رﻋﺎﯾﺖ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻃﺮی را ﺑﺎ اﻧﱪک ﻓﻠﺰی ﻧﮕﯿﺮﯾﺪ‪ ،‬وﮔﺮﻧﻪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ اﺗﺼﺎل ﮐﻮﺗﺎه اﯾﺠﺎد ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪MW‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ‪ 1,602 – 531 :‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺪار‬
‫ﭘﺎﯾﺎﻧﻪ آﻧنت‪:‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻣﻨﻔﺠﺮ ﺷﻮد اﮔﺮ ﺑﺎ آن درﺳﺖ رﻓﺘﺎر ﻧﺸﻮد‪.‬‬
‫راﺑﻂ آﻧنت ﺧﺎرﺟﯽ‬ ‫از ﺷﺎرژ دوﺑﺎره‪ ،‬ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزی ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﯾﺎ ﻗﺮار دادن در آﺗﺶ ﺑﭙﺮﻫﯿﺰﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﯿﺖ‪ 26 :‬ﻣﯿﮑﺮووات‬
‫‪SW‬‬
‫متﯿﺰ ﮐﺮدن اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ‪:‬‬ ‫واﺣﺪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ درﺳﺖ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﮑﻨﺪ اﮔﺮ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﯿﻦ واﺣﺪ و ﭘﺎﻧﻞ‬
‫‪ 7,735 – 2,940 :SW1‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ متﯿﺰ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮای ﺟﻠﻮﮔﯿﺮی از اﯾﻦ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ را ﺟﺪا ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‬
‫‪ 18,135 – 9,500 :SW2‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬ ‫)ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (6‬و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت را ﺑﺎ ﯾﮏ ﺟﺎروب ﭘﻨﺒﻪ ای متﯿﺰ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﯿﺮوی زﯾﺎدی‬
‫)ﺑﺠﺰ ﺑﺮای ‪ 11,575 – 10,140‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎر ﻧﱪﯾﺪ‪ .‬وﮔﺮﻧﻪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ آﺳﯿﺐ ﺑﺒﯿﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﯾﺎﻧﻪ آﻧنت‪:‬‬
‫راﺑﻂ آﻧنت ﺧﺎرﺟﯽ‬
‫ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -2,463.8‬ﺗﺎ ‪ -1,710.1‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ و‬
‫‪ +1,710.0‬ﺗﺎ ‪ +2,418.4‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﯿﺖ‪ 26 :‬ﻣﯿﮑﺮووات‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ‪USB‬‬ ‫ﻧﮑﺎت‬
‫راﺑﻂ‪) USB :‬ﭘﺮﴎﻋﺖ(‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺑﺮای اﯾﻤﻨﯽ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ از متﯿﺰ ﮐﺮدن اﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﺣﱰاق را ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬و ﮐﻠﯿﺪ را از‬
‫ﺣﺪاﮐرث ﺟﺮﯾﺎن‪ 500 :‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ آﻣﭙﺮ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺋﯿﭻ اﺣﱰاق ﺧﺎرج منﺎﯾﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻫﺮﮔﺰ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت را ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿام ﺑﺎ دﺳﺖ ﺧﻮد ﯾﺎ ﯾﮏ وﺳﯿﻠﻪ آﻫﻨﯽ ﳌﺲ ﻧﮑﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪاﮐرث ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﯾﯽ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﻮﻟﺪر )آﻟﺒﻮم(‪256 :‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﺎﯾﻞ )ﻗﻄﻌﻪ( در ﻫﺮ ﻓﻮﻟﺪر‪256 :‬‬
‫رﻣﺰﮔﺬاری ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ‪:‬‬
‫)‪MP3 (.mp3‬‬
‫ﻧﺮخ ﺑﯿﺖ‪ 8 :‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 320‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﺑﯿﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ‬
‫)از ‪) VBR‬ﻧﺮخ ﺑﯿﺖ ﻣﺘﻐﯿﺮ( ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ(‬
‫ﻧﺮخ منﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺮداری‪ 16 :‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 48‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫)‪WMA (.wma‬‬
‫ﻧﺮخ ﺑﯿﺖ‪ 32 :‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 192‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﺑﯿﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ‬
‫)از ‪) VBR‬ﻧﺮخ ﺑﯿﺖ ﻣﺘﻐﯿﺮ( ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ(‬

‫‪12PR‬‬
 ‫‪EQ5 SETTING‬‬
‫]‪ [CUSTOM‬را ﺑﺮای ‪ EQ5‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﻃﻼﻋﺎت اﺿﺎﻓﯽ‬ ‫‪BASE‬‬
‫ﯾﮏ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﯽ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه از ﭘﯿﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ را ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﭘﺎﯾﻪ ای ﺑﺮای‬
‫ﻣﻮارد اﺣﺘﯿﺎﻃﯽ‬ ‫ﺳﻔﺎرﺷﯽ ﺳﺎزی ﺑﯿﺸﱰ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪) [BAND1] :‬ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ(‪،‬‬
‫]‪) [BAND2‬ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪-‬ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ(‪) [BAND3] ،‬ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ‬
‫‪ ‬اﮔﺮ ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ ﺷام در ﻧﻮر ﺧﻮرﺷﯿﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ ﭘﺎرک ﺷﺪه ﺑﻮده‪ ،‬واﺣﺪ را ﻗﺒﻼ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ(‪) [BAND4] ،‬ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪-‬ﺑﺎﻻ(‪) [BAND5] ،‬ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ‬
‫ﺧﻨﮏ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻻ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ ﯾﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ داﺧﻞ ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ آوردﯾﺪ را آﻧﺠﺎ‬ ‫ﺳﻄﺢ درﺟﻪ ﺻﺪا در ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ‪ 1‬دﺳﯽ ﺑﻠﯽ از ‪ -10‬دﺳﯽ ﺑﻞ ﺗﺎ ‪+10‬‬
‫رﻫﺎ ﻧﮑﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬وﮔﺮﻧﻪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ﻧﺎدرﺳﺖ ﺑﺪﻟﯿﻞ دﻣﺎی ﺑﺎﻻ‬ ‫دﺳﯽ ﺑﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫در ﻧﻮر ﺧﻮرﺷﯿﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ ﮔﺮدد‪.‬‬
‫‪BALANCE‬‬
‫‪ ‬آﻧنت ﻧﯿﺮو ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻣﯽ ﯾﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎدل ﺻﺪا را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪– [CENTER] – [RIGHT-15] :‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﻧﮕﻪ داﺷنت ﮐﯿﻔﯿﺖ ﺻﺪای ﺑﺎﻻ‬ ‫]‪.[LEFT-15‬‬
‫ﺑﺮ روی واﺣﺪ ﻣﻮاد ﻣﺎﯾﻊ ﻧﺮﯾﺰﯾﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪FADER‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﺴﺒﯽ را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪– [CENTER] – [FRONT-15] :‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﯿﺐ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ‬ ‫]‪.[REAR-15‬‬
‫‪) AUX VOL‬ﺳﻄﺢ درﺟﻪ ﺻﺪای ‪(AUX‬‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﻪ )آﻟﺒﻮم(‬
‫ﻣﯿﺰان ﺻﺪا را ﺑﺮای ﻫﺮ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﮐﻤﮑﯽ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ )ﻗﻄﻌﻪ(‬ ‫]‪.[-8 dB] – [0 dB] – [+18 dB‬‬
‫اﯾﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ اﺣﺘﯿﺎج ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯿﺰان ﺻﺪای ﺑﯿﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ را ﻧﻔﯽ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ )‪(DISPLAY‬‬

‫‪) BLK OUT‬ﺧﺎﻣﻮش(‬
‫اﮔﺮ ﻫﯿﭻ ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺎﺗﯽ ﺑﺮای ‪ 5‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﻧﺸﻮد‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر ﭼﺮاغ ﻫﺎ‬
‫را ﺑﺮای ﻫﺮ ﻣﻨﺒﻌﯽ )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪ ،‬درﺣﯿﻦ درﯾﺎﻓﺖ رادﯾﻮ و ﻏﯿﺮه( ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻣﯽ‬
‫اﮔﺮ ﺷام ﺳﻮاﻟﯽ ﯾﺎ ﻣﺸﮑﻠﯽ در ﻣﻮرد واﺣﺪ ﺧﻮد دارﯾﺪ ﮐﻪ در اﯾﻦ دﻓﱰﭼﻪ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﺪ‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬
‫راﻫﻨام ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﻧﺸﺪه‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻧﺰدﯾﮏ ﺗﺮﯾﻦ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ‪ Sony‬ﺧﻮد ﻣﺸﻮرت‬ ‫ﺑﺮای دوﺑﺎره روﺷﻦ ﮐﺮدن ﭼﺮاغ‪ ،‬دﮐﻤﻪ ای از واﺣﺪ ﯾﺎ ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪DIMMER‬‬
‫روﺷﻨﺎﯾﯽ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ را ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪاری‬ ‫‪) SND SYNC‬ﻫﻤﮕﺎم ﺳﺎزی ﺻﺪا(‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﻟﯿﺘﯿﻮﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور‬ ‫ﻫﻤﮕﺎم ﺳﺎزی روﺷﻨﺎﯾﯽ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪا را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﴍاﯾﻂ ﻋﺎدی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺣﺪود ‪ 1‬ﺳﺎل ﮐﺎر ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪) .‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﴍاﯾﻂ‬
‫‪) AUTO SCR‬ﭘﯿامﯾﺶ ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر(‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻋﻤﺮ ﴎوﯾﺲ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﮐﻤﱰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﺿﻌﯿﻒ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺪوده ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور ﮐﻮﺗﺎﻫﱰ‬ ‫ﻣﻮارد ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ را ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر ﭘﯿامﯾﺶ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬ ‫)ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ‪ AUX‬ﯾﺎ رادﯾﻮ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬در دﺳﱰس ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‪(.‬‬

‫‪11PR‬‬
 ‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻠﯽ )‪(GENERAL‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت‬
‫‪) DEMO‬منﺎﯾﺶ(‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ منﺎﯾﺸﯽ را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬ ‫ﻟﻐﻮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪DEMO‬‬
‫‪) CLOCK-ADJ‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ( )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(6‬‬ ‫ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﯿﺪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺸﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺷﺪن ﻣﻨﺒﻊ و منﺎﯾﺶ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد را ﻟﻐﻮ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪) CAUT ALM‬ﻫﺸﺪار اﺣﺘﯿﺎط(‬
‫ﻫﺸﺪار اﺣﺘﯿﺎط را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪) [OFF] ،[ON] :‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(6‬‬ ‫‪ MENU‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ]‪[SET GENERAL‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫)ﺗﻨﻬﺎ زﻣﺎﻧﯽ در دﺳﱰس اﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش اﺳﺖ و ﺳﺎﻋﺖ منﺎﯾﺶ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ آن را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪(.‬‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ]‪ [SET DEMO‬را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬
‫‪BEEP‬‬ ‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ آن را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺪای ﺑﯿﭗ را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ]‪ [SET DEMO-OFF‬را‬
‫‪AUTO OFF‬‬ ‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ آن را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎن ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ای ﮐﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺧﺎﻣﻮش اﺳﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪[30S] ،[NO] :‬‬ ‫)ﻋﻘﺐ( را دو ﺑﺎر ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫)‪ 30‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ(‪ 30) [30M] ،‬دﻗﯿﻘﻪ(‪ 60) [60M] ،‬دﻗﯿﻘﻪ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ درﯾﺎﻓﺖ‪/‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﯽ ﺑﺎز ﻣﯿﮕﺮدد‪.‬‬
‫‪) CT‬زﻣﺎن ﺳﺎﻋﺖ(‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ‪ CT‬را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬
‫‪) BTM‬ﺑﻬﱰﯾﻦ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ( )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(7‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ اﺑﺘﺪاﯾﯽ‬
‫)ﻓﻘﻂ در ﺻﻮرت اﻧﺘﺨﺎب رادﯾﻮ در دﺳﱰس اﺳﺖ‪(.‬‬ ‫ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﯿﺪ ﻣﻮارد ﻣﻮﺟﻮد در دﺳﺘﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ زﯾﺮ را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﯽ )‪ ،(GENERAL‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺻﺪا )‪ ،(SOUND‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ منﺎﯾﺸﮕﺮ‬
‫)‪(DISPLAY‬‬

‫‪ MENU 1‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺻﺪا )‪(SOUND‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻫﺮ ﻣﻨﺒﻌﯽ‪ ،‬اﯾﻦ ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ در اﺧﺘﯿﺎر ﺷام ﻗﺮار ﻣﯽ ﮔﯿﺮد‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ دﺳﺘﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ دﻟﺨﻮاه را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ آﻧﺮا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪EQ5 PRESET‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮاردی را ﮐﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮان ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﺮد ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت ﻓﺮق‬
‫ﯾﮏ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﯽ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه از ﻣﯿﺎن ‪ 10‬ﻣﻨﺤﻨﯽ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه زﯾﺮ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬ ‫ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﺎ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫]‪،[DANCE] ،[POP] ،[ROCK] ،[R&B] ،[OFF‬‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﮔﺰﯾﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ‬
‫]‪،[AFRO POP] ،[JAZZ] ،[ELECTRONICA] ،[HIP-HOP‬‬ ‫آﻧﺮا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫]‪.[CUSTOM] ،[BONGO‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﯽ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺮای ﻫﺮ ﻣﻨﺒﻌﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺳﭙﺮده‬ ‫ﺑﺮای ﺑﺎزﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻗﺒﻠﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬ ‫)ﻋﻘﺐ( ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪10PR‬‬
 ‫‪ ENTER‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪Quick-BrowZer‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺑﺎزﮔﺮدﯾﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ و ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت‬
‫ﻣﻮرد اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﯽ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ 5‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻮرد دﻟﺨﻮاه را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﮑﺮر و ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ آﻧﺮا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 1‬در ﻃﻮل ﭘﺨﺶ ‪) ،‬ﺗﮑﺮار( ﯾﺎ )ﭘﺨﺶ درﻫﻢ( را ﺑﺮای‬
‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﮑﺮر ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﴍوع ﭘﺨﺶ در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻣﺪﺗﯽ ﻃﻮل‬
‫ﺑﮑﺸﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻫﺎی ﭘﺨﺶ در دﺳﱰس ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺻﺪای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﯾﮏ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎم )™‪(Quick-BrowZer‬‬

‫‪ 1‬درﺣﯿﻦ ﭘﺨﺶ ‪) ،USB‬ﻣﺮور(* را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻟﯿﺴﺖ‬
‫دﺳﺘﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ منﺎﯾﺎن ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫)ﺑﺎزﮔﺸﺖ( را ﻣﮑﺮراً‬ ‫وﻗﺘﯽ ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ دﺳﺘﻪ دﻟﺨﻮاه ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫)ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ( را ﺑﺮای ﺑﯿﺶ از ‪ 2‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ ﻓﺸﺎر‬ ‫در ﻃﻮل ﭘﺨﺶ ‪،USB‬‬ ‫*‬
‫دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿ ًام ﺑﻪ اﺑﺘﺪای ﻟﯿﺴﺖ دﺳﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎزﮔﺮدﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ دﺳﺘﻪ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی دﻟﺨﻮاه را‬
‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮای ﺗﺎﯾﯿﺪ آﻧﺮا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ‪ 2‬را ﺗﮑﺮار ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ دﻟﺨﻮاه را ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺧﺮوج از ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪Quick-BrowZer‬‬
‫)ﻣﺮور( را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﺑﺎ رد ﺷﺪن از ﻣﻮارد )ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺮش(‬

‫)ﻣﺮور( را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ SEEK + 2‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻮرد را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﯾﻦ ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺎم ‪ 10%‬ﺗﻌﺪاد ﮐﻞ ﻣﻮارد ﭘﺮش ﮐﺮده اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪9PR‬‬
 ‫درﯾﺎﻓﺖ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی ذﺧﯿﺮه ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﺑﺎﻧﺪ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﯾﮏ دﮐﻤﻪ ﺷامره )‪ 1‬ﺗﺎ ‪ (6‬را‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪USB‬‬
‫از دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی ‪ USB‬ﻧﻮع ‪) MSC‬ﮐﻼس ذﺧﯿﺮهﺳﺎزی ﺗﻮده( و ‪MTP‬‬
‫)ﭘﺮوﺗﮑﻞ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل رﺳﺎﻧﻪ( )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪ USB‬ﻓﻠﺶ دراﯾﻮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪﯾﺎ ﭘﻠﯿﺮ دﯾﺠﯿﺘﺎﻟﯽ‪،‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ داده ﻫﺎی رادﯾﻮﯾﯽ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ™‪ (Android‬ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ‪ USB‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ دارﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﯿﺪ‬ ‫)‪(RDS‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﯾﺎ ﭘﻠﯿﺮ دﯾﺠﯿﺘﺎل ﯾﺎ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ‪ ،Android‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫‪ USB‬ﺑﺮ روی ‪ MTP‬ﴐوری اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻧﻮع ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ )‪(PTY‬‬
‫ﻧﮑﺎت‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺮای ﺟﺰﺋﯿﺎت درﺑﺎره ﺳﺎزﮔﺎر دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﺧﻮد از ﺳﺎﯾﺖ ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ دﯾﺪن‬ ‫‪ PTY 1‬را در ﻃﻮل درﯾﺎﻓﺖ ‪ FM‬ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(21‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی زﯾﺮ ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ منﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ اﯾﻨﮑﻪ ﻧﻮع ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ دﻟﺨﻮاه منﺎﯾﺎن‬
‫‪:MP3/WMA/FLAC‬‬ ‫ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ آﻧﺮا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺣﻖ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺑﺮداری‬ ‫واﺣﺪ ﴍوع ﺑﻪ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﺑﺮای ﯾﮏ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﯽ منﺎﯾﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻮع ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ‪) DRM‬ﻣﺪﯾﺮﯾﺖ ﺣﻘﻮق دﯾﺠﯿﺘﺎل(‬ ‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﯽ را ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﭼﻨﺪ ﮐﺎﻧﺎﻟﻪ‬
‫‪:MP3/WMA‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮع ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ﻓﴩده ﺑﯽ اﺗﻼف اﻃﻼﻋﺎت‬ ‫‪) NEWS‬اﺧﺒﺎر(‪) AFFAIRS ،‬اﻣﻮر ﻓﻌﻠﯽ(‪) INFO ،‬اﻃﻼﻋﺎت(‪،‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﺑﻪ درﮔﺎه ‪ USB‬وﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(6‬‬ ‫‪) SPORT‬ورزﺷﯽ(‪) EDUCATE ،‬آﻣﻮزﺷﯽ(‪) DRAMA ،‬درام(‪،‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬ ‫‪) CULTURE‬ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮕﯽ(‪) SCIENCE ،‬ﻋﻠﻤﯽ(‪) VARIED ،‬ﻣﺘﻨﻮع(‪،‬‬
‫اﮔﺮ دﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﯽ از ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮای ﴍوع ﭘﺨﺶ ‪ SRC‬را ﻓﺸﺎر‬ ‫‪) POP M‬ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ ﭘﺎپ(‪) ROCK M ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ راک(‪EASY M ،‬‬
‫داده و ]‪ [USB‬را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪ M.O.R.‬ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ(‪) LIGHT M ،‬ﮐﻼﺳﯿﮏ آرام(‪CLASSICS ،‬‬
‫)ﮐﻼﺳﯿﮏ ﺗﻨﺪ(‪) OTHER M ،‬ﺳﺎﯾﺮ ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ ﻫﺎ(‪WEATHER ،‬‬
‫‪ 2‬درﺟﻪ ﺻﺪا را روی اﯾﻦ واﺣﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫)وﺿﻌﯿﺖ ﻫﻮا(‪) FINANCE ،‬ﻣﺎﻟﯽ(‪) CHILDREN ،‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮐﻮدﮐﺎن(‪،‬‬
‫‪) SOCIAL A‬اﻣﻮر اﺟﺘامﻋﯽ(‪) RELIGION ،‬ﻣﺬﻫﺒﯽ(‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﭘﺨﺶ‬ ‫‪) PHONE IN‬ﺗﻠﻔﻦ(‪) TRAVEL ،‬ﺳﻔﺮ(‪) LEISURE ،‬اوﻗﺎت ﻓﺮاﻏﺖ(‪،‬‬
‫‪ OFF‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﺑﺮای ‪ 1‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪) JAZZ‬ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ ﺟﺎز(‪) COUNTRY ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ ﻣﺤﻠﯽ(‪NATION M ،‬‬
‫)ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ ﻣﺤﻠﯽ(‪) OLDIES ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ ﻗﺪﯾﻤﯽ(‪) FOLK M ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺟﺪا ﮐﺮدن دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‬ ‫ﻗﻮﻣﯽ(‪) DOCUMENT ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ(‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ را ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺟﺪا ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ زﻣﺎن ﺳﺎﻋﺖ )‪(CT‬‬

‫اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ‪ CT‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﺨﺎﺑﺮه ‪ ،RDS‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ]‪ [SET CT-ON‬در ]‪[SET GENERAL‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(10‬‬

‫‪8PR‬‬
 ‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﺳﺎﯾﺮ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ‬
‫ﮔﻮش دادن ﺑﻪ رادﯾﻮ‬
‫‪ 1‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺻﻮت ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ را ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﻮش دادن ﺑﻪ رادﯾﻮ‬ ‫‪ 2‬درﺟﻪ ﺻﺪای واﺣﺪ را ﮐﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﮔﻮش دادن ﺑﻪ رادﯾﻮ‪ SRC ،‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ]‪ [TUNER‬را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬ ‫‪ 3‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ را ﺑﺎ ﯾﮏ ﺳﯿﻢ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ ﻓﯿﺶ‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ورودی ‪) AUX‬ﻓﯿﺶ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ اﺳﱰﯾﻮ( روی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه )اراﺋﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ( ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ*‪.‬‬
‫ذﺧﯿﺮه ﮐﺮدن ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر )‪(BTM‬‬ ‫اﻃﻤﯿﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﮐﻪ از دو ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻧﻮع ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫*‬

‫‪ MODE 1‬را ﺑﺮای ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﺑﺎﻧﺪ )‪،MW ،FM3 ،FM2 ،FM1‬‬

‫‪ SW1‬ﯾﺎ ‪ (SW2‬ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ MENU 2‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬
‫]‪ ،[SET GENERAL‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ آن‬
‫را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ]‪ [SET BTM‬را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ آن را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﯾﻦ واﺣﺪ‪ ،‬اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎ را ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﯿﺐ ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﺑﺮ روی دﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی‬
‫ﺷامره ذﺧﯿﺮه ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 4‬ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ]‪ ،[AUX‬روی ‪ SRC‬ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺗﻄﺒﯿﻖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺻﺪای دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﯾﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ‬ ‫ﭘﺨﺶ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺻﻮت ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ را ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪای ﻣﯿﺎﻧﮕﯿﻦ ﴍوع ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬و درﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺻﺪای ﻣﻌﻤﻮل ﺧﻮد را ﺑﺮ روی واﺣﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ MODE 1‬را ﺑﺮای ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﺑﺎﻧﺪ )‪،MW ،FM3 ،FM2 ،FM1‬‬ ‫‪ MENU‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ]‪[SET AUX VOL]  [SET SOUND‬‬
‫‪ SW1‬ﯾﺎ ‪ (SW2‬ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(11‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ را اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ دﺳﺘﯽ‬
‫–‪ SEEK +/‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﺗﻘﺮﯾﺒﯽ را ﺗﻌﯿﯿﻦ‬
‫ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ –‪ SEEK +/‬را ﻣﮑﺮرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ دﻗﯿﻘﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ‬
‫دﻟﺨﻮاه ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر‬
‫–‪ SEEK +/‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫وﻗﺘﯽ واﺣﺪ ﯾﮏ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه را ﺑﯿﺎﺑﺪ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬

‫ذﺧﯿﺮه دﺳﺘﯽ‬
‫‪ 1‬درﺣﺎﻟﯿﮑﻪ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈﺮ را ﺑﺮای ذﺧﯿﺮه درﯾﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﯾﮏ دﮐﻤﻪ ﺷامره )‪ 1‬ﺗﺎ ‪ (6‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ]‪ [MEM‬منﺎﯾﺎن ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬

‫‪7PR‬‬
 ‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫ﻧﺤﻮه ﴍوع ﮐﺎر‬
‫‪ MENU‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ]‪[SET GENERAL‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ آن را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪا ﮐﺮدن ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ‬
‫‪ 2‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ]‪ [SET CLOCK-ADJ‬را‬ ‫ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﯿﺪ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ اﯾﻦ واﺣﺪ را ﺟﺪا ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ از ﴎﻗﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﯿﺮی ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ آن را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﻣﯽ زﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 1‬دﮐﻤﻪ ‪ OFF ‬را ﺗﺎ وﻗﺘﯽ ﮐﻪ واﺣﺪ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ و ﺳﭙﺲ دﮐﻤﻪ رﻫﺎ ﮐﺮدن ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ‪ ‬را ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫‪ 3‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ و دﻗﯿﻘﻪ را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫دﻫﯿﺪ و ﭘﺎﻧﻞ را ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺧﻮدﺗﺎن ﺑﮑﺸﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺪا ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﯾﯽ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ رﻗﻤﯽ‪ SEEK +/– ،‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4‬ﭘﺲ از ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ دﻗﯿﻘﻪ‪ MENU ،‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪه و ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﴍوع ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎر ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای منﺎﯾﺶ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫‪ DSPL‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﺸﺪار اﺣﺘﯿﺎط‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪USB‬‬ ‫اﮔﺮ ﺳﻮﺋﯿﭻ اﺣﱰاق را ﺑﻪ وﺿﻌﯿﺖ ‪ OFF‬ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺑﺪون ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزی ﭘﺎﻧﻞ‬
‫‪ 1‬درﺟﻪ ﺻﺪای واﺣﺪ را ﮐﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ‪ ،‬ﻫﺸﺪار اﺣﺘﯿﺎط ﺑﺮای ﭼﻨﺪ ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪا درﻣﯽ آﯾﺪ‪ .‬اﯾﻦ ﻫﺸﺪار‬
‫ﺗﻨﻬﺎ در ﺻﻮرﺗﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪا درﻣﯽ آﯾﺪ ﮐﻪ آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﯾﺮ داﺧﻠﯽ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬را ﺑﻪ واﺣﺪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ‬

‫‪6PR‬‬
 ‫‪/// ‬‬ ‫‪MEGA BASS ‬‬
‫ﯾﮏ ﻣﻮرد ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ و ﻏﯿﺮه را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻﺪای ﺑﺎس را در ﻫﻤﮕﺎم ﺳﺎزی ﺑﺎ ﻣﯿﺰان ﺻﺪا ﺗﻘﻮﯾﺖ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ENTER‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮای ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ‪ MEGA BASS‬ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.[OFF] ،[2] ،[1] :‬‬
‫وارد آﯾﺘﻢ اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﯽ ﺷﻮﯾﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﯿﺶ ورودی ‪AUX‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪) /‬ﻗﺒﻞ‪/‬ﺑﻌﺪ(‬ ‫‪) DSPL‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ(‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫–‪) +/‬آﻟﺒﻮم –‪(+/‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮای ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻣﻮارد ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪) VOL‬درﺟﻪ ﺻﺪا( –‪+/‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪) SCRL‬ﭘﯿامﯾﺶ(‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ ﺗﺎ ﯾﮏ ﻣﻮرد ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ را ﺑﭙﯿامﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﻮار روﮐﺶ را ﺑﺮدارﯾﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫درﮔﺎه ‪USB‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﮐﻨﱰل راه دور ‪RM-X211‬‬

‫دﮐﻤﻪ ‪) VOL‬درﺟﻪ ﺻﺪا( ‪ +‬ﯾﮏ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﳌﺴﯽ دارد‪.‬‬

‫‪) ATT‬ﺗﻀﻌﯿﻒ(‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺻﺪا را ﺿﻌﯿﻒ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮای ﻟﻐﻮ ﺗﻀﻌﯿﻒ ﺻﺪا‪ ،‬دوﺑﺎره ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪SOUND ‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿامً ﻣﻨﻮی ‪ SOUND‬را ﺑﺎز ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺑﺎز ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬

‫‪5PR‬‬
 ‫راﻫﻨامی ﻗﻄﻌﺎت و ﮐﻨﱰل ﻫﺎ‬
‫واﺣﺪ اﺻﻠﯽ‬

‫‪SEEK +/– ‬‬ ‫دﮐﻤﻪ رﻫﺎ ﮐﺮدن ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی رادﯾﻮ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر‪ .‬ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ دﺳﺘﯽ ﻓﺸﺎر‬ ‫‪) SRC‬ﻣﻨﺒﻊ(‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را روﺷﻦ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪) /‬ﻗﺒﻞ‪/‬ﺑﻌﺪ(‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺒﻊ را ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪) /‬ﴎﯾﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ‪/‬ﴎﯾﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ(‬ ‫‪OFF‬‬
‫‪) PTY‬ﻧﻮع ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ(‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ‪ 1‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺷﻮد و ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫‪ PTY‬را در ‪ RDS‬اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫منﺎﯾﺶ داده ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫)ﻣﺮور( )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(9‬‬ ‫ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﺑﯿﺶ از ‪ 2‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ ﺗﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه و ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ‬
‫در ﻃﻮل ﭘﺨﺶ وارد ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﺷﻮﯾﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﮔﺮ واﺣﺪ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ و ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻣﺤﻮ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬واﺣﺪ‬
‫‪) MODE‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(7‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫منﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور ﻋﻤﻞ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻋﻘﺐ(‬
‫ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻗﺒﻠﯽ ﺑﺮﮔﺮدﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺻﺪا ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﯿﺮﻧﺪه ﻓﺮﻣﺎن از راه دور‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪PUSH ENTER‬‬
‫دﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻋﺪدی )‪ 1‬ﺗﺎ ‪(6‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫وارد ﻣﻮرد اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﯽ ﺷﻮﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی رادﯾﻮ ذﺧﯿﺮه ﺷﺪه‪ .‬ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ ﺗﺎ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه‬ ‫‪MENU‬‬
‫ذﺧﯿﺮه ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ را ﺑﺎز ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ALBUM /‬‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﭘﺮش از ﯾﮏ آﻟﺒﻮم ﺑﺮای دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺻﺪا‪ .‬ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ ﺗﺎ از‬
‫آﻟﺒﻮم ﻫﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر ﭘﯿﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﭘﺮش ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺗﮑﺮار(‬
‫)ﻣﺨﻠﻮط(‬
‫‪PAUSE‬‬

‫‪4PR‬‬
 ‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬
‫راﻫﻨامی ﻗﻄﻌﺎت و ﮐﻨﱰل ﻫﺎ ‪4 ................................................................‬‬

‫ﻧﺤﻮه ﴍوع ﮐﺎر‬

‫ﺟﺪا ﮐﺮدن ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ‪6 .........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ‪6 ......................................................................................‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪6 ..................................................................... USB‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﺳﺎﯾﺮ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ ‪7 ..........................................‬‬

‫ﮔﻮش دادن ﺑﻪ رادﯾﻮ‬

‫ﮔﻮش دادن ﺑﻪ رادﯾﻮ‪7 .............................................................................‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ داده ﻫﺎی رادﯾﻮﯾﯽ )‪8 ..................................... (RDS‬‬

‫ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪8 ............................................................................ USB‬‬
‫ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ و ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت‪9 ......................................................................‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت‬
‫ﻟﻐﻮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪10 ...........................................................................DEMO‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ اﺑﺘﺪاﯾﯽ‪10 ...........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻠﯽ )‪10 ................................................................ (GENERAL‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺻﺪا )‪10 .................................................................... (SOUND‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ )‪11 ..................................................... (DISPLAY‬‬

‫اﻃﻼﻋﺎت اﺿﺎﻓﯽ‬
‫ﻣﻮارد اﺣﺘﯿﺎﻃﯽ‪11 ...................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪاری ‪11 ............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻨﯽ‪12 ..................................................................................‬‬
‫رﻓﻊ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ‪14 ........................................................................................‬‬

‫اﺗﺼﺎل‪/‬ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫اﺣﺘﯿﺎط‪16 ..............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺑﺮای ﻧﺼﺐ ‪16 .................................................................‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ‪17 ...............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ‪18 ................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪3PR‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺮای ﺣﻔﻆ اﯾﻤﻨﯽ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘ ًام اﯾﻦ واﺣﺪ را در داﺷﺒﻮرد ﺧﻮدرو ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪،‬‬
‫زﯾﺮا ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ واﺣﺪ در ﻃﻮل اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮔﺮم ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﮐﺴﺐ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﯿﺸﱰ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ "اﺗﺼﺎل‪/‬ﻧﺼﺐ" )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (16‬رﺟﻮع‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﭘﻼک اﺳﻢ ﮐﻪ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﮐﺎرﮐﺮد و ﻏﯿﺮه را ﻧﺸﺎن ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ در ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺷﺎﺳﯽ ﻗﺮار‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺸﺪار‪ :‬ﺑﺎﺗﺮی را ﻗﻮرت ﻧﺪﻫﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﺮ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﮕﯽ ﺷﯿﻤﯿﺎﯾﯽ‪.‬‬
‫اﯾﻦ ﮐﻨﱰل راه دور دارای ﯾﮏ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی دﮐﻤﻪ ای‪/‬ﺳﮑﻪ ای اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫اﮔﺮ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی دﮐﻤﻪ ای‪/‬ﺳﮑﻪ ای ﺑﻠﻌﯿﺪه ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ در ﻋﺮض ‪2‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﮕﯽ داﺧﻠﯽ و ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮگ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻫﺎی اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه و ﺟﺪﯾﺪ را دور از دﺳﱰس اﻃﻔﺎل ﻗﺮار دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﮔﺮ درب ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﻄﻤﱧ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﺸﻮد‪ ،‬از اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﺤﺼﻮل‬
‫ﺧﻮدداری ﮐﻨﯿﺪ و آن را دور از دﺳﱰس اﻃﻔﺎل ﻗﺮار دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﮔﺮ ﻓﮑﺮ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻫﺎ ﺑﻠﻌﯿﺪه ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ ﯾﺎ درون ﻫﺮﯾﮏ از ﺑﺨﺶ‬
‫ﻫﺎی ﺑﺪن ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ اﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﴎﯾﻌﺎً اﻗﺪاﻣﺎت ﭘﺰﺷﮑﯽ را اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﮑﺎت در ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻟﯿﺘﯿﻮﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮی را در ﻣﻌﺮض ﮔﺮﻣﺎی ﺷﺪﯾﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻮر ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ ﺧﻮرﺷﯿﺪ‪ ،‬آﺗﺶ ﯾﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ آن ﻗﺮار ﻧﺪﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫اﺧﻄﺎر اﮔﺮ اﺣﱰاق ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ ﺷام ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ ‪ ACC‬ﻧﺪارد‬

‫ﻣﻄﻤﱧ ﺷﻮﯾﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ‪ AUTO OFF‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ .(10‬ﭘﺲ از اﯾﻨﮑﻪ واﺣﺪ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬اﯾﻦ واﺣﺪ ﮐﺎﻣﻼ و ﺑﻄﻮر‬
‫اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﯿﮏ در زﻣﺎن ﻣﻘﺮر ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ﮐﻪ از ﺗﺤﻠﯿﻞ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﺟﻠﻮﮔﯿﺮی‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬اﮔﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ‪ AUTO OFF‬را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻧﮑﻨﯿﺪ‪ OFF ،‬را ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫داده و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ ﺗﺎ اﯾﻨﮑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻣﺤﻮ ﺷﻮد ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎر ﮐﻪ اﺣﱰاق‬
‫را ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺮک دﻋﻮی ﴎوﯾﺲ ﻫﺎی اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺛﺎﻟﺚ‬

‫ﴎوﯾﺲ ﻫﺎی اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺛﺎﻟﺚ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺪون اﻃﻼع‬
‫ﻗﺒﻠﯽ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻮق ﯾﺎ ﺧﺎمتﻪ ﯾﺎﺑﻨﺪ‪ Sony .‬ﻫﯿﭻ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﯿﺘﯽ در‬
‫اﯾﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮارد ﺑﺮ ﻋﻬﺪه منﯽ ﮔﯿﺮد‪.‬‬

‫‪2PR‬‬
 http://www.sony-asia.com/section/support
http://www.sony-asia.com/caraudio/

21AR
 ‫اﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﻔﻴﻮز‬
‫ﻓﻴﻮز )‪ 10‬أﻣﺒري(‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﻔﻴﻮز‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻌﺪل‬
‫اﻷﻣﺒريﻳﺔ اﳌﺬﻛﻮر ﻋﲆ اﻟﻔﻴﻮز اﻷﺻﲇ‪ .‬إذا اﻧﻔﺠﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻔﻴﻮز‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ واﺳﺘﺒﺪل اﻟﻔﻴﻮز‪.‬‬
‫إذا اﻧﻔﺠﺮ اﻟﻔﻴﻮز ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى ﺑﻌﺪ اﻻﺳﺘﺒﺪال‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮن ﻫﻨﺎك ﺧﻠﻞ داﺧﲇ‪ .‬ﰲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬه اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪،‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﴩ وﻛﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت ‪ Sony‬اﻷﻗﺮب إﻟﻴﻚ‪.‬‬

‫‪20AR‬‬
 ‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﰲ ﺳﻴﺎرة ﻳﺎﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﰲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺪادات‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻗﺎد ًرا ﻋﲆ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻃﺮازات اﻟﺴﻴﺎرات‬
‫اﻟﻴﺎﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﰲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬه اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬اﺳﺘﴩ وﻛﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت ‪.Sony‬‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻧﺤﻨﺎء ﻛﻼ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ اﳌﺰﻻﺟﺎت اﳌﻮﺟﻮدة ﻋﲆ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺪﻋﺎﻣﺔ ‪ ‬مبﻘﺪار ‪ 2‬ﻣﻢ ﻟﻠﺪاﺧﻞ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ ﰲ ﺳﻴﺎرة ﻳﺎﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬راﺟﻊ‬
‫‪TOYOTA‬‬ ‫»ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﰲ ﺳﻴﺎرة ﻳﺎﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ« )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(19‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺪادات‪/‬وﺣﺪة ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﺿﻊ اﻟﺪﻋﺎﻣﺔ ‪ ‬داﺧﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺪادات‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺜﻨﻲ اﳌﺸﺎﺑﻚ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺨﺎرج ﻟﺘﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ متﺎ ًﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 182‬ﻣﻢ‬
‫دﻋﺎﻣﺔ‬ ‫‪ 53‬ﻣﻢ‬
‫دﻋﺎﻣﺔ‬

‫اﻷﺟﺰاء اﳌﻮﺟﻮدة واﳌﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة‬
‫اﳌﺰﻻج‬
‫‪‬‬

‫‪NISSAN‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﱰﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻋﺎﻣﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈرﻓﺎق ﻃﻮق اﻟﺤامﻳﺔ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺪادات‪/‬وﺣﺪة ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬
‫دﻋﺎﻣﺔ‬

‫دﻋﺎﻣﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬
‫اﻷﺟﺰاء اﳌﻮﺟﻮدة واﳌﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ‬
‫اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬ ‫‪ ‬إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﳌﺰاﻟﻴﺞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔ أو ﻣﺜﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﺎرج‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‬
‫ﳌﻨﻊ اﻟﺨﻠﻞ‪ ،‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪم اﳌﺴﺎﻣري اﳌﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻠﱰﻛﻴﺐ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺄﻣﺎن وﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺮج ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺸﻴﻖ اﳌﺰﻻﺟﺎت اﻷرﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﻄﻮق اﻟﺤامﻳﺔ ‪ ‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﰲ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺤﺎت اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺰع اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ وﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﲆ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬راﺟﻊ »ﻧﺰع اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ« )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(6‬‬

‫‪19AR‬‬
 ‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎظ ﺑﺎﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‬ ‫اﻟﻘﻴﺎم ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼت‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻹﻣﺪاد ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ دامئًﺎ إرﻓﺎق اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺪاﺋﺮة اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة ﺣﺘﻰ ﻋﻨﺪ إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳌﺤﺮك‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ أرﺿﻴﺔ ﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ أوﻻً ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ اﻷﺳﻮد اﻷرﴈ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺳﻠيك اﻹﻣﺪاد ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﺴامﻋﺔ‬ ‫اﻷﺻﻔﺮ واﻷﺣﻤﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﺴامﻋﺎت‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬ ‫ﳌﺤﻄﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﺔ ‪ +12‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻛﻞ اﻷوﻗﺎت‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﺳامﻋﺎت مبﻌﺎوﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 4‬إﱃ ‪ 8‬أوم وﻣﺰودة ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ أوﻻً ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ اﻷرﴈ اﻷﺳﻮد ﺑﻨﻘﻄﺔ أرﺿﻴﺔ ﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳌﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ اﻟﺘﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﳌﺤﻄﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﺔ ‪ +12‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳌﺤﺮك ﻋﲆ وﺿﻊ اﳌﻠﺤﻖ‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪم وﺟﻮد وﺿﻊ ﻣﻠﺤﻖ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﳌﺤﻄﺔ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﺔ ‪+12‬‬
‫اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‬ ‫ﻓﻮﻟﺖ )اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ( اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻛﻞ اﻷوﻗﺎت‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ أوﻻً ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ اﻷرﴈ اﻷﺳﻮد ﺑﻨﻘﻄﺔ أرﺿﻴﺔ ﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺴﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ اﻟﻬﻮايئ اﻵﱄ أو ﺳﻠﻚ اﻹﻣﺪاد ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﳌﻌﺰز اﻟﻬﻮايئ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫إزاﻟﺔ ﻃﻮق اﻟﺤامﻳﺔ واﻟﺪﻋﺎﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﴬوري ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪم وﺟﻮد ﻫﻮايئ آﱄ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪ ،‬أزل ﻃﻮق اﻟﺤامﻳﺔ ‪ ‬واﻟﺪﻋﺎﻣﺔ ‪ ‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫أو ﻣﻌﺰز ﻫﻮايئ أو ﻫﻮايئ ﺗﻠﺴﻜﻮيب ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻳﺪو ًﻳﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟـ ‪ AMP REMOTE IN‬ﳌﻀﺨﻢ ﻗﺪرة اﺧﺘﻴﺎري‬
‫‪ 1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﲆ ﻛﻼ ﺣﺎﻓﺘﻲ ﻃﻮق اﻟﺤامﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺳﺤﺒﻪ ﻟﻠﺨﺎرج‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻮن ﻫﺬا اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺨامت وﻫﻮايئ آﱄ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬وﻗﺪ ﻳﴬ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫أي ﻧﻈﺎم ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻀﺨﻢ اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﺴﻬﻞ‬
‫ميﻜﻨﻚ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻀﺨﻢ ﺑﺪون ﻣﻜﱪ ﺻﻮت ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء ﻋﻨﺪ اﺗﺼﺎﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻠﻚ ﻣﻜﱪ ﺻﻮت ﺧﻠﻔﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳامﻋﺔ أﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ 2‬أدﺧﻞ ﻛﻼ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺣﻲ اﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ‪ ‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺮا ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬام‪،‬‬

‫واﺳﺤﺐ اﻟﺪﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺳﺤﺐ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻟﻔﺼﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻀﺨﻢ اﻟﺼﻮت‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﻀﺨﻢ ﺻﻮت مبﻌﺎوﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 4‬إﱃ ‪ 8‬أوم وﻣﺰود ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎت ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ اﻟﺘﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ اﻟﺨﻄﺎف ﻟﻠﺪاﺧﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪18AR‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫*‪3‬‬

‫*‪1‬‬ ‫ّ‬
‫ﻣﻀﺨﻢ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫أﺑﻴﺾ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻄﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮن اﻷﺑﻴﺾ‪/‬اﻷﺳﻮد‬
‫*‪2*1‬‬‫اﻟﺴامﻋﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫رﻣﺎدي‬
‫ﻣﺨﻄﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮن اﻟﺮﻣﺎدي‪/‬اﻷﺳﻮد‬
‫أﺧﴬ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻄﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮن اﻷﺧﴬ‪/‬اﻷﺳﻮد‬ ‫*‪2*1‬‬
‫أرﺟﻮاين‬ ‫اﻟﺴامﻋﺔ اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻣﺨﻄﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮن اﻷرﺟﻮاين‪/‬اﻷﺳﻮد‬

‫أﺳﻮد‬
‫أﺻﻔﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﲆ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬راﺟﻊ »اﻟﻘﻴﺎم‬
‫أﺣﻤﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼت« )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(18‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﻄﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮن اﻷزرق‪/‬اﻷﺑﻴﺾ‬

‫ﻣﻦ وﺣﺪة ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ُﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬

‫)ﻏري ﻣﺮﻓﻖ(*‪4‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮايئ ﺳﻴﺎرة‬

‫*‪ 3‬ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﻄﺮف ‪) RCA‬ﻏري ﻣﺮﻓﻖ(‬ ‫*‪ 1‬ﻏري ﻣﺮﻓﻖ‬

‫*‪ 4‬ﺗﺒ ًﻌﺎ ﻟﻨﻮع اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة‪ ،‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﺤﻮل ﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬ ‫*‪ 2‬ﻣﻌﺎوﻗﺔ اﻟﺴامﻋﺎت‪ 8 – 4 :‬أوم × ‪4‬‬
‫)ﻏري ﻣﺮﻓﻖ(‪.‬‬

‫‪17AR‬‬
 ‫ﻗﺎمئﺔ أﺟﺰاء اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪/‬اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎت‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﻞ اﻷﺳﻼك اﻷرﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﻨﻘﻄﺔ أرﺿﻴﺔ ﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪×2‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﰲ اﺣﺘﺠﺎز اﻷﺳﻼك أﺳﻔﻞ ﻣﺴامر‪ ،‬أو ﺣﴩﻫﺎ ﰲ اﻷﺟﺰاء‬
‫اﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ )ﻋﲆ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ اﳌﺜﺎل‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﺟﺰ ﻛﺮﳼ(‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﺮك اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ اﻟﺪواﺋﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻘﺼرية‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠيك اﻹﻣﺪاد ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻷﺻﻔﺮ واﻷﺣﻤﺮ إﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ 8 × 5‬ﻣﻢ ﺑﺤﺪ أﻗﴡ‬ ‫ﻛﻞ اﻷﺳﻼك اﻷﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺰل أﻳﺔ أﺳﻼك ﻃﻠﻴﻘﺔ ﻏري ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﴩﻳﻂ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎيئ ﻟﻸﻣﺎن‪.‬‬
‫‪×4‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎت اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ ‬اﺧﱰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﺤﺮص ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺪﺧﻞ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻘﻴﺎدة اﻟﻌﺎدﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﰲ اﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻋﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻸﺗﺮﺑﺔ أو اﻷوﺳﺎخ‬
‫أو اﻻﻫﺘﺰاز اﻟﺰاﺋﺪ أو درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة اﳌﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺿﻮء اﻟﺸﻤﺲ اﳌﺒﺎﴍ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻗﺎمئﺔ اﻷﺟﺰاء ﻫﺬه ﻋﲆ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﻟﻌﺒﻮة‪.‬‬ ‫أو ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮب ﻣﻦ أﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ اﻷﺳﻼك اﻷﻛرث ﺳﺨﻮﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﺘﻢ إرﻓﺎق اﻟﺪﻋﺎﻣﺔ ‪ ‬وﻃﻮق اﻟﺤامﻳﺔ ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺸﺤﻦ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ‬ ‫‪ ‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻘﻂ أﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ اﳌﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ آﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪ ،‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ‪ ‬ﻹزاﻟﺔ اﻟﺪﻋﺎﻣﺔ ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺣﻮل ﺳﻠﻚ اﻹﻣﺪاد ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ )اﻷﺻﻔﺮ(‬
‫اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﲆ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬راﺟﻊ »إزاﻟﺔ ﻃﻮق اﻟﺤامﻳﺔ واﻟﺪﻋﺎﻣﺔ«‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻣﻊ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت ﺳﺘريﻳﻮ أﺧﺮى‪ ،‬ﻓﺈن ﻣﻌﺪل اﻷﻣﺒريﻳﺔ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(18‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪاﺋﺮة اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة اﳌﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻳﻜﻮن أﻋﲆ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮع ﻣﻌﺪل‬
‫‪ ‬اﺣﺘﻔﻆ مبﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ‪ ‬ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﲇ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﴐورﻳﺔ ً‬
‫أﻳﻀﺎ إذا‬ ‫أﻣﺒريﻳﺔ ﻓﻴﻮز ﻛﻞ ﻣﻜﻮن‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻣﻦ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ زاوﻳﺔ اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫اﺿﺒﻂ زاوﻳﺔ اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ ﻋﲆ أﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ 45‬درﺟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪16AR‬‬
 ‫‪ :USB NO DEV‬وﺣﺪة ‪ USB‬ﻏري ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ أو ﻣﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪RDS‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ إﺣﻜﺎم ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬أو ﻛﺒﻞ ‪.USB‬‬
‫وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪ PTY‬ﺗﻌﺮض اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ]‪.[- - - - - - - -‬‬
‫‪ :USB NO MUSIC‬ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬اﳌﺤﻄﺔ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ‪.RDS‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﲆ ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪ ‬مل ﻳﺘﻢ اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ‪.RDS‬‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(12‬‬ ‫‪ ‬اﳌﺤﻄﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺪّد ﻧﻮع اﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬

‫‪ :USB NO SUPRT‬ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬ﻏري ﻣﺪﻋﻮم‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪USB‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﺑﺨﺼﻮص اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮل ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ وﺣﺪة ‪ USB‬اﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺰﻳﺎرة‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﺪﻋﻢ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(21‬‬ ‫ﻻ ميﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻨﺎﴏ ﻋﱪ وﺻﻠﺔ ‪ USB‬ﻣﺸﱰﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ميﻜﻦ ﻟﻬﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة أن مت ّﻴﺰ وﺣﺪات ‪ USB‬ﻋﱪ وﺻﻠﺔ ‪ USB‬ﻣﺸﱰﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫إذا مل ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﺬه اﻟﺤﻠﻮل ﻋﲆ ﺗﺤﺴني اﻟﻮﺿﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺸﺎرة وﻛﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت ‪ Sony‬اﻷﻗﺮب إﻟﻴﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮق ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬وﻗﺘًﺎ أﻃﻮل ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬وﺣﺪة ‪ USB‬ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﲆ ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ذات ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﻫﺮﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻘﺪة‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺼﻮت ﻣﺘﻘﻄﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ميﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺼﻮت أن ﻳﻜﻮن ﻣﺘﻘﻄ ًﻌﺎ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺪّل ِﺑﺖ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ميﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ‪) DRM‬إدارة اﻟﺤﻘﻮق اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ( ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺎﻻت‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ميﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ اﻟﺼﻮت‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ دﻋﻢ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﺄﻧﻈﻤﺔ اﳌﻠﻔﺎت ﺑﺨﻼف‬
‫‪ FAT16‬أو ‪*.FAT32‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ‪ FAT16‬و‪ ،FAT32‬وﻟﻜﻦ ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺑﻌﺾ أﺟﻬﺰة‬ ‫*‬
‫‪ USB‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ إﺻﺪارات ‪ .FAT‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﲆ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ارﺟﻊ إﱃ ﺗﻌﻠﻴامت‬
‫اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬أو اﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺔ اﳌﺼﻨﻌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﺮض اﻷﺧﻄﺎء‪/‬اﻹﺧﻄﺎرات‬
‫‪ :HUB NO SUPRT‬وﺻﻼت ‪ USB‬ﻏري ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ :OVERLOAD‬ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬ﻣﺤ ّﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ زاﺋﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬اﻓﺼﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ ،USB‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ SRC‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺼﺪر آﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬وﺣﺪة ‪ USB‬ﻣﻌﻄﻠﺔ‪ ،‬أو ﺗﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ وﺣﺪة ﻏري ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ :READ‬ﺗﺘﻢ اﻵن ﻗﺮاءة اﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬اﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻟﺤني إمتﺎم ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻘﺮاءة وﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ًﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮق ﻫﺬا ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺗﺒ ًﻌﺎ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ اﳌﻠﻔﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪ :USB ERROR‬ﻻ ميﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪.USB‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬

‫‪15AR‬‬
 ‫ﻳﺨﺘﻔﻲ اﻟﻌﺮض ﻣﻦ‪/‬ﻻ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﰲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬة اﻟﻌﺮض‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﳌﺨ ّﻔﺖ ُﻣﻌ ّﺪ ﻋﲆ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ]‪) [DIM-ON‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(11‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤ ّﺮي اﻟﺨﻠﻞ وإﺻﻼﺣﻪ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺨﺘﻔﻲ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﳌﻌﺮوﺿﺔ ﻋﲆ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ إذا ﺿﻐﻄﺖ ‪ OFF‬وأﺑﻘﻴﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﺎمئﺔ اﳌﺮاﺟﻌﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪك ﰲ ﺣﻞ اﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻮاﺟﻬﻬﺎ ﻓﻴام ﻳﺨﺺ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫وﺣﺪﺗﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ OFF‬ﻋﲆ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة إﱃ أن ﺗﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﺔ ﻗﺎمئﺔ اﳌﺮاﺟﻌﺔ أدﻧﺎه‪ ،‬راﺟﻊ ﺧﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ واﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫اﳌﻮﺻﻼت ﻣﺘﺴﺨﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(12‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻔﻴﻮز وﻧﺰع اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺪادات‪ ،‬راﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺘﻔﻲ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬ ‫»اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪/‬اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ« )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(16‬‬
‫‪ ‬وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ]‪) [BLK OUT‬اﻟﺘﻌﺘﻴﻢ اﻟﺘﺎم( ﻣﻀﺒﻮﻃﺔ ﻋﲆ ]‪[B.OUT-ON‬‬ ‫إذا مل ُﺗ َﺤﻞ اﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺰﻳﺎرة ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﺪﻋﻢ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(21‬‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(11‬‬
‫ﻋﺎم‬
‫ﺗﻮﻣﺾ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪/‬اﻹﺿﺎءة‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻹﻣﺪاد ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺪرة اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺎﻓ ًﻴﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ إﻣﺪاد اﻟﻘﺪرة اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ إﱃ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ أن ﺑﻄﺎرﻳﺔ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة متﺪ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺑﻘﺪرة ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬إذا ﺗﻢ إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة واﺧﺘﻔﺖ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ميﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌامل وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎت اﻟﻘﺪرة اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺗﻴﺎر ﻣﺒﺎﴍ ‪ 12‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫أزرار اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺻﻮت أو اﻟﺼﻮت ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺟﺪًا‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ DSPL‬و )اﻟﻌﻮدة(‪ MODE/‬ﳌﺪة ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘني ﻹﻋﺎدة‬
‫إﻋﺪاد )إﻋﺎدة ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ( اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬وﺿﻊ اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﰲ اﳌﻀﺎﺋﻞ ]‪ [FADER‬ﻏري ﻣﻀﺒﻮط ﻟﻨﻈﺎم ذي ﺳامﻋﺘَﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﻣﺴﺢ اﳌﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﳌﺨﺰّﻧﺔ ﰲ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻜﺒري‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﺪ إﱃ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ إﻋﺎدة اﻹﻋﺪاد أﺛﻨﺎء ﻗﻴﺎدﺗﻚ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﺻﻮت اﻟﻮﺣﺪة و‪/‬أو اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﳌﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺟﺪًا‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺎرة‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ارﻓﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﺻﻮت اﻟﻮﺣﺪة واﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﳌﺘﺼﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺼﺪر ﺻﻮت ﻧﻐامت اﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﺒﺚ اﻹذاﻋﻲ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻀﺨّ ﻢ ﻗﺪرة اﺧﺘﻴﺎري وأﻧﺖ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﳌﻀﺨّ ﻢ اﳌﺘﻀ ّﻤﻦ ﰲ‬
‫ﻻ ميﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﳌﺤﻄﺎت‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء ﺗﺤﺠﺐ اﻟﺼﻮت‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻢ ﻣﺴﺢ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻏري ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺗﻢ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ إﻣﺪاد اﻟﻘﺪرة )اﻟﺘﻴﺎر( اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ أو اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ أو مل ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫‪ ‬إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﻴﺎرﺗﻚ ﻣﺠﻬّﺰة ﺑﻬﻮايئ ﻟﻠﺮادﻳﻮ ﻣﺘﻀ ّﻤﻦ ﰲ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ‪/‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬام ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ‪) REM OUT‬ﻣﺨﻄﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻧني اﻷزرق‪/‬‬
‫اﻷﺑﻴﺾ( أو ﺳﻠﻚ إﻣﺪاد اﻟﻘﺪرة اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻜامﻟﻴﺎت )أﺣﻤﺮ( ﺑﻄﺮف‬ ‫ﺗﻢ ﻣﺴﺢ اﳌﺤﻄﺎت اﳌﺨﺰّﻧﺔ واﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﺖ اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻘﺪرة اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺨﺎص مبﻌﺰّز ﻫﻮايئ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة‪.‬‬ ‫اﺣﱰق اﻟﻔﻴﻮز‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻓﺤﺺ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻫﻮايئ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺼﺪر ﺿﻮﺿﺎء ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ وﺿﻊ ﺳﻮﻳﺘﺶ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳌﺤ ّﺮك‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬إذا ﺗﻌ ّﺬر ﻣ ّﺪ اﻟﻬﻮايئ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎيئ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻓﺤﺺ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﰲ‬ ‫‪ ‬اﻷﺳﻼك ﻏري ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻣﻊ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ اﻟﻘﺪرة اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻬﻮايئ اﻵﱄ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻜامﻟﻴﺎت ﰲ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة‪.‬‬
‫اﳌﻮاﻟﻔﺔ اﳌﺴﺒﻘﺔ ﻏري ﻣﻤﻜﻨﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫أﺛﻨﺎء اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ أو اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﺒﺚ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺪأ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻹﻳﻀﺎﺣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬إﺷﺎرة اﻟﺒﺚ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﺟﺪًا‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬إذا اﻧﻘﻀﺖ ‪ 5‬دﻗﺎﺋﻖ دون ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ أي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻮن‬
‫]‪ [DEMO-ON‬ﻣﻔ ّﻌ ًﻼ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺪأ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻹﻳﻀﺎﺣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻌﻴني ]‪) [DEMO-OFF‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(10‬‬

‫‪14AR‬‬
 ‫ﺣﻘﻮق اﻟﻄﺒﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺪل أﺧﺬ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪ 32 :‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ 44.1 ،‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ 48 ،‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫)‪FLAC (.flac‬‬
‫ُﺗﻌﺪ ‪ Windows Media‬إﻣﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ أو ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻖ ﺑﺖ‪ 16 :‬ﺑﺖ‪ 24 ،‬ﺑﺖ‬
‫ﻟﴩﻛﺔ ‪ Microsoft Corporation‬ﰲ اﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎت اﳌﺘﺤﺪة و‪/‬أو دول‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺪل أﺧﺬ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪ 44.1 :‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ 48 ،‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺴﻢ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻀﺨﻢ اﻟﻘﺪرة‬
‫ﻫﺬا ا ُﳌﻨﺘَﺞ ﻣﺤﻤﻲ مبﻮﺟﺐ ﺣﻘﻮق ﻣﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻜﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﴩﻛﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺨﺮج‪ :‬ﻣﺨﺎرج اﻟﺴامﻋﺎت‬
‫‪ .Microsoft Corporation‬اﺳﺘﻌامل أو ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﻫﺬه اﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎوﻗﺔ اﻟﺴامﻋﺎت‪ 8 – 4 :‬أوم‬
‫ﺧﺎرج ﻧﻄﺎق ﻫﺬا ا ُﳌﻨﺘَﺞ ﻣﺤﻈﻮر إﻻ ﺑﱰﺧﻴﺺ ﻣﻦ ﴍﻛﺔ ‪ Microsoft‬أو‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﴡ ﻟﺨﺮج اﻟﻘﺪرة‪ 55 :‬وات × ‪) 4‬ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ 4‬أوم(‬
‫ﴍﻛﺔ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﴩﻛﺔ ‪ Microsoft‬وﺣﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺗﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺎم‬
‫ﺑﺮاءات اﻻﺧﱰاع وﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻔري ﺻﻮت ‪ MPEG Layer-3‬ﻣﺮﺧﺼﺔ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫اﳌﺨﺎرج‪:‬‬
‫ﴍﻛﺔ ‪ Fraunhofer IIS‬و‪.Thomson‬‬ ‫ﻃﺮف ﻣﺨﺎرج اﻟﺼﻮت )ﺧﻠﻔﻲ(‬
‫ﻃﺮف اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﰲ اﻟﻬﻮايئ اﻵﱄ‪/‬ﻣﻀﺨّ ﻢ اﻟﻘﺪرة )‪(REM OUT‬‬
‫‪ Android‬ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺔ ﻟﴩﻛﺔ ‪.Google Inc.‬‬
‫اﳌﺪاﺧﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪libFLAC‬‬ ‫ﻃﺮف دﺧﻞ وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻮق اﻟﻄﺒﻊ )‪2000-2009 Josh Coalson (C‬‬
‫ﻃﺮف دﺧﻞ اﻟﻬﻮايئ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ دﺧﻞ ‪) AUX‬ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺳﺘريﻳﻮ(‬
‫ﺣﻘﻮق اﻟﻄﺒﻊ )‪2011-2013 Xiph.Org Foundation (C‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﻳُﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺈﻋﺎدة اﻟﺘﻮزﻳﻊ واﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﺎﻷﺷﻜﺎل اﻷوﻟﻴﺔ أو اﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ اﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎت اﻟﻘﺪرة اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺑﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﺳﻴﺎرة ﺗﻴﺎر ﻣﺒﺎﴍ ‪ 12‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬
‫أو دون ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﴍﻳﻄﺔ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ اﻟﴩوط اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫)أرﴈ ﺳﺎﻟﺐ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﺗﺘﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت إﻋﺎدة اﻟﺘﻮزﻳﻊ ﻟﺮﻣﺰ اﳌﺼﺪر وﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻹﺷﻌﺎر ﺣﻘﻮق‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺪل اﺳﺘﻬﻼك اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎيئ‪ 10 :‬أﻣﺒري‬
‫اﻟﻄﺒﻊ اﳌﺬﻛﻮر أﻋﻼه وﻗﺎمئﺔ اﻟﴩوط وإﺧﻼء اﳌﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻷﺑﻌﺎد‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﺗﺘﻢ إﻋﺎدة اﻟﺘﻮزﻳﻊ ﰲ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ اﻟﺜﻨﺎيئ وﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻹﺷﻌﺎر ﺣﻘﻮق اﻟﻄﺒﻊ‬ ‫ﺣﻮاﱃ ‪ 178‬ﻣﻢ × ‪ 50‬ﻣﻢ × ‪ 120‬ﻣﻢ )ﻋﺮض‪/‬ارﺗﻔﺎع‪/‬ﻋﻤﻖ(‬
‫اﳌﺬﻛﻮر أﻋﻼه وﻗﺎمئﺔ اﻟﴩوط وإﺧﻼء اﳌﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﰲ اﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪات و‪/‬أو‬ ‫أﺑﻌﺎد اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‪:‬‬
‫اﳌﻮاد اﻷﺧﺮى اﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺘﻮزﻳﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻮاﱃ ‪ 182‬ﻣﻢ × ‪ 53‬ﻣﻢ × ‪ 102‬ﻣﻢ )ﻋﺮض‪/‬ارﺗﻔﺎع‪/‬ﻋﻤﻖ(‬

‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮز اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﺳﻢ ‪ Xiph.org Foundation‬وﻻ أﺳامء‬ ‫اﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ‪ :‬ﺣﻮاﱄ ‪ 0.7‬ﻛﺠﻢ‬
‫اﳌﺴﺎﻫﻤني ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ ﻋﲆ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت ﻣﺸﺘﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬا اﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ أو ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﻟﻌﺒﻮة‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻮﺣﺪة اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ )‪(1‬‬
‫ﺑﺪون إذن ﻛﺘﺎيب ﻣﺴﺒﻖ‪.‬‬
‫وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ )‪RM-X211 :(1‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬا اﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻦ ِﻗﺒﻞ ﺣﺎﻣﲇ ﺣﻘﻮق اﻟﻄﺒﻊ واﳌﺴﺎﻫﻤني »ﻛام ﻫﻮ«‬ ‫أﺟﺰاء ﻟﻠﱰﻛﻴﺐ واﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼت )‪ 1‬ﻃﻘﻢ(‬
‫وﺗﺨﲇ اﻟﴩﻛﺔ ﻣﺴﺆوﻟﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺗﺠﺎه أﻳﺔ ﺿامﻧﺎت ﻣﻌﻠﻨﺔ أو ﺿﻤﻨﻴﺔ مبﺎ ﰲ ذﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻋﲆ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ اﳌﺜﺎل ﻻ اﻟﺤﴫ اﻟﻀامﻧﺎت اﻟﻀﻤﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻮاق‬ ‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﻮﻛﻴﻞ ﰲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺘﻚ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ اﻟﻜامﻟﻴﺎت اﳌﺪرﺟﺔ أﻋﻼه‪ .‬ﻳُﺮﺟﻰ‬
‫واﳌﻼءﻣﻪ ﻟﻐﺮض ﻣﻌني‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﺤﻤﻞ اﳌﺆﺳﺴﺔ أو اﳌﺴﺎﻫﻤﻮن ﺑﺄي ﺣﺎل ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺳﺆال اﻟﻮﻛﻴﻞ ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ اﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻷﺣﻮال اﳌﺴﺆوﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ أي ﺗﻠﻔﻴﺎت ﻣﺒﺎﴍة أو ﻏري ﻣﺒﺎﴍة أو ﻋﺮﺿﻴﺔ أو‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﺔ أو ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮﻳﺔ أو ﻻﺣﻘﺔ )مبﺎ ﰲ ذﻟﻚ ﻋﲆ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ اﳌﺜﺎل ﻻ اﻟﺤﴫ‪ ،‬ﴍاء‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ واﳌﻮاﺻﻔﺎت ﻋﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴري دون إﺷﻌﺎر‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻀﺎﺋﻊ أو ﺧﺪﻣﺎت ﺑﺪﻳﻠﺔ أو ﻋﺪم إﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام أو ﻓﻘﺪان ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت‬
‫أو أرﺑﺎح أو ﺗﻌﻄﻞ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ( ﻣﻬام ﻛﺎن اﻟﺴﺒﺐ وﻣﻦ أي ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻮاﻧﺐ‬
‫اﳌﺴﺆوﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺳﻮاء ﻛﺎن ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺪ أم ﺑﺎﳌﺴﺆوﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ اﳌﺤﺪدة أو‬
‫اﻧﺘﻬﺎك اﻟﺤﻘﻮق )مبﺎ ﰲ ذﻟﻚ اﻹﻫامل أو ﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺑﻪ ذﻟﻚ( اﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫ﻫﺬا اﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺄي ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﻮ ﺗﻢ اﻟﺘﻨﻮﻳﻪ ﻋﻦ إﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺣﺪوث ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻫﺬا اﻟﺘﻠﻒ‪.‬‬

‫‪13AR‬‬
 ‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫اﳌﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﺮض ﻟﺨﻄﺮ اﻻﻧﻔﺠﺎر إذا ﺗﻢ اﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏري ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺒﺪاﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ اﻟﻨﻮع أو ﻧﻮع ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺴﻢ ﻣﻮاﻟﻒ اﻟﺒﺚ‬ ‫اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ‪ +‬ﻷﻋﲆ‬
‫‪FM‬‬
‫ﻧﻄﺎق اﳌﻮاﻟﻔﺔ‪ 108.0 – 87.5 :‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﻃﺮف ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻬﻮايئ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻫﻮايئ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ‬
‫ّ‬
‫اﻟﱰدد اﻟﻮﺳﻄﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1,956.5 :FM CCIR‬إﱃ ‪ -487.3‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ و‬
‫‪ +500.0‬إﱃ ‪ +2,095.4‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت ﺣﻮل ﺑﻄﺎرﻳﺔ اﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮم‬
‫اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻌامل‪ 7 :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ ق‬ ‫‪ ‬اﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ اﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮم ﺑﻌﻴﺪًا ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎول اﻷﻃﻔﺎل‪ .‬إذا ﺗﻢ اﺑﺘﻼع اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر‪ 75 :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ 400‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺸﺎرة ﻃﺒﻴﺐ ﻋﲆ اﻟﻔﻮر‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻹﺷﺎرة إﱃ اﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء‪ 73 :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‬ ‫‪ ‬اﻣﺴﺢ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻗامش ﺟﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻮدة اﻟﺘﻼﻣﺲ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪ 50 :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ 1‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻘ ّﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻄﺒﻴﺔ اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ اﻟﱰددات‪ 15,000 – 20 :‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻻ متﺴﻚ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ مبﻠﻘﺎط ﻣﻌﺪين‪ ،‬وإﻻ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺤﺪث متﺎس ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎيئ‪.‬‬
‫‪MW‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻄﺎق ﻣﻮاﻟﻔﺔ اﻟﺒﺚ‪ 1,602 – 531 :‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬ ‫ميﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ أن ﺗﻨﻔﺠﺮ إذا أﳼء اﺳﺘﻌامﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﺮف ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻬﻮايئ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﺪ إﱃ ﺷﺤﻨﻬﺎ أو ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻜﻬﺎ أو إﻟﻘﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﰲ اﻟﻨﺎر‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻫﻮايئ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ‬
‫ّ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ 26 :‬ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮوﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﳌﻮﺻّ ﻼت‬
‫‪SW‬‬ ‫اﳌﻮﺻﻼت ﺑني اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‬
‫ميﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺪة أﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ّ‬
‫ﻧﻄﺎق ﻣﻮاﻟﻔﺔ اﻟﺒﺚ‪:‬‬ ‫واﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻏري ﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﳌﻨﻊ ذﻟﻚ‪ ،‬اﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(6‬‬
‫‪ 7,735 – 2,940 :SW1‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬ ‫اﳌﻮﺻﻼت ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌامل ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﻄﻦ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻗﻮة زاﺋﺪة‪ .‬وإﻻ‬
‫وﻧﻈﻒ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬
‫‪ 18,135 – 9,500 :SW2‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬ ‫اﳌﻮﺻﻼت‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺘﻠﻒ ّ‬
‫)ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ‪ 11,575 – 10,140‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫ﻃﺮف ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻬﻮايئ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻫﻮايئ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ‬‫ّ‬
‫اﻟﱰدد اﻟﻮﺳﻄﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -2,463.8‬إﱃ ‪ -1,710.1‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ و‬
‫‪ +1,710.0‬إﱃ ‪ +2,418.4‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ 26 :‬ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮوﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻢ ﻣﺸ ّﻐﻞ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻼت ‪USB‬‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت‬
‫واﺟﻬﺔ اﻟﺮﺑﻂ‪) USB :‬ﴎﻋﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ(‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‪ ،‬أو ِﻗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳌﺤ ّﺮك ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ّ‬
‫اﳌﻮﺻﻼت‪ ،‬واﻧﺰع‬
‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﴡ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎر‪ 500 :‬ﻣﲇ أﻣﺒري‬ ‫اﳌﻔﺘﺎح ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮﻳﺘﺶ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳌﺤ ّﺮك‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﴡ ﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ميﻜﻦ متﻴﻴﺰﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ّ‬
‫اﳌﻮﺻﻼت أﺑﺪًا ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﴍ ﺑﺄﺻﺎﺑﻌﻚ أو ﺑﺄي ﺟﻬﺎز ﻣﻌﺪين‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﳌﺠﻠﺪات )اﻷﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎت(‪256 :‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﳌﻠﻔﺎت )اﳌﺴﺎرات( ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ‪256 :‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﻎ اﻟﺘﺸﻔري ّ‬
‫وﻓﻚ اﻟﺘﺸﻔري اﳌﻨﺎﻇﺮة‪:‬‬
‫)‪MP3 (.mp3‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪل ﺑﺖ‪ 320 – 8 :‬ك‪/‬ب‪/‬ث )ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ‪VBR‬‬
‫)ﻣﻌﺪل ﺑﺖ ﻣﺘﻐري((‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪل أﺧﺬ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪ 48 – 16 :‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫)‪WMA (.wma‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪل ﺑﺖ‪ 192 – 32 :‬ك‪/‬ب‪/‬ث )ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ‪VBR‬‬
‫)ﻣﻌﺪل ﺑﺖ ﻣﺘﻐري((‬
‫‪12AR‬‬
 ‫‪EQ5 SETTING‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺈﻋﺪاد اﳌﻨﺤﻨﻰ اﳌﺨﺼﻮص ]‪ [CUSTOM‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎت اﳌﻜﺎﻓﺊ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت إﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪.EQ5‬‬
‫‪BASE‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎت اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻳﺤﺪد ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺊ ُﻣﻌﺪ ﻣﺴﺒ ًﻘﺎ ﻛﺄﺳﺎس ﻟﻠﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ اﻹﺿﺎﰲ‪:‬‬
‫]‪) [BAND1‬ﺗﺮدد ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ(‪) [BAND2] ،‬ﺗﺮدد ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ اﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎض(‪،‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﺗﺮك اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻟﺘﱪد ﻣﺴﺒ ًﻘﺎ إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﻴﺎرﺗﻚ ﻗﺪ ﻇﻠﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻔﺔ ﰲ ﺿﻮء‬
‫اﻟﺸﻤﺲ اﳌﺒﺎﴍ‪.‬‬ ‫]‪) [BAND3‬ﺗﺮدد ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ(‪) [BAND4] ،‬ﺗﺮدد ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ اﻻرﺗﻔﺎع(‪،‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ أو اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ إﺣﻀﺎرﻫﺎ إﱃ‬ ‫]‪) [BAND5‬ﺗﺮدد ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ(‪.‬‬
‫داﺧﻞ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة أن ُﺗﱰَك ﰲ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة‪ ،‬وإﻻ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺘﺴ ّﺒﺐ ﰲ ﺣﺪوث ﺧﻠﻞ‬ ‫ميﻜﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت مبﺮاﺣﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪ ،1 dB‬ﻣﻦ ‪ -10 dB‬إﱃ‬
‫ﺑﻔﻌﻞ درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة اﳌﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺿﻮء اﻟﺸﻤﺲ اﳌﺒﺎﴍ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.+10 dB‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣ ّﺪ اﻟﻬﻮايئ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎيئ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪BALANCE‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺟﻮدة ﺻﻮت ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺗﻮازن اﻟﺼﻮت‪– [CENTER] – [RIGHT-15] :‬‬
‫]‪.[LEFT-15‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺪع اﻟﺴﻮاﺋﻞ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﺛﺮ ﻋﲆ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫‪FADER‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﻀﺒﻂ اﳌﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻨﺴﺒﻲ‪– [CENTER] – [FRONT-15] :‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻻﺳﺘامع ﳌﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺼﻮت‬ ‫]‪.[REAR-15‬‬
‫اﳌﺠﻠﺪ )اﻷﻟﺒﻮم(‬ ‫‪) AUX VOL‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﺻﻮت ‪(AUX‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت ﻟﻜﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‪[+18 dB] :‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻒ اﻟﺼﻮت )ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ(‬ ‫– ]‪.[-8 dB] – [0 dB‬‬
‫ﻫﺬا اﻹﻋﺪاد ﻳﻠﻐﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت ﺑني اﳌﺼﺎدر‪.‬‬

‫إﻋﺪاد اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ )‪(DISPLAY‬‬

‫‪) BLK OUT‬اﻟﺘﻌﺘﻴﻢ اﻟﺘﺎم(‬
‫ﻳﻮﻗﻒ اﻹﺿﺎءة ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ًﻴﺎ ﻷي ﻣﺼﺪر )ﻣﺜ ًﻼ أﺛﻨﺎء اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﺒﺚ اﻹذاﻋﻲ‪،‬‬
‫إﻟﺦ( إذا اﻧﻘﻀﺖ ‪ 5‬ﺛﻮان دون ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ أي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪،[ON] :‬‬
‫]‪.[OFF‬‬
‫إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ أي أﺳﺌﻠﺔ أو واﺟﻬﺘﻚ أي ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺗﻚ ومل‬ ‫ﻹﻋﺎدة ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻹﺿﺎءة‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ أي زر ﻋﲆ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة أو وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺸﺎرة وﻛﻴﻞ ‪ Sony‬اﻷﻗﺮب إﻟﻴﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻦ ُﺑﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪DIMMER‬‬
‫ﻳﻐري ﺳﻄﻮع اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬
‫اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‬ ‫‪) SND SYNC‬ﻣﺰاﻣﻨﺔ اﻟﺼﻮت(‬
‫ُﻳﻨﺸﻂ ﻣﺰاﻣﻨﺔ اﻹﺿﺎءة ﻣﻊ اﻟﺼﻮت‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺒﺪال ﺑﻄﺎرﻳﺔ اﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮم اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻮﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫وﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻈﺮوف اﻟﻌﺎدﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮف ﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﻋﺎم واﺣﺪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ًﺒﺎ‪) .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮن‬ ‫‪) AUTO SCR‬اﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎيئ(‬
‫ﻣﺪة اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ اﳌﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ أﻗﴫ‪ ،‬وﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻈﺮوف اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‪(.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ًﻴﺎ‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﺪى وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﺼ ًريا‪.‬‬ ‫)ﻏري ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ‪ AUX‬أو اﳌﻮاﻟﻒ‪(.‬‬

‫‪11AR‬‬
 ‫اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻟﻌﺎم )‪(GENERAL‬‬
‫‪) DEMO‬اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ(‬
‫اﻹﻋﺪادات‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﻔﻌﻴﻞ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻹﻳﻀﺎﺣﻲ‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬
‫‪) CLOCK-ADJ‬ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ( )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(6‬‬
‫إﻟﻐﺎء وﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ ‪DEMO‬‬
‫ميﻜﻨﻚ إﻟﻐﺎء ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻞ اﳌﺼﺪر‬
‫‪) CAUT ALM‬ﻣﻨ ّﺒﻪ اﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ(‬ ‫وﻋﺮض اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﻣﻨ ّﺒﻪ اﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ‪) [OFF] ،[ON] :‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(6‬‬
‫)ﻻ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ إﻻ ﻋﻨﺪ إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳌﺼﺪر وﻋﺮض اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪(.‬‬ ‫‪ 1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ MENU‬وأدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر‬
‫‪BEEP‬‬
‫]‪ ،[SET GENERAL‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺻﻮت ﻧﻐامت اﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬ ‫‪ 2‬أدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪ ،[SET DEMO‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪AUTO OFF‬‬ ‫‪ 3‬أدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪ ،[SET DEMO-OFF‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻗِﻒ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ًﻴﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺪة زﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ إﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪:‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫]‪ 30) [30S] ،[NO‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ(‪ 30) [30M] ،‬دﻗﻴﻘﺔ(‪[60M] ،‬‬
‫ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻜﺘﻤﻞ اﻹﻋﺪاد‪.‬‬
‫)‪ 60‬دﻗﻴﻘﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫)اﻟﻌﻮدة( ﻣﺮﺗني‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 4‬اﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫‪) CT‬ﺗﻮﻗﻴﺖ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ(‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮد اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ إﱃ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺎدي ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﺒﺚ‪/‬اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﻔﻌﻴﻞ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :CT‬‬
‫‪) BTM‬أﻓﻀﻞ ذاﻛﺮة ﻟﻠﻤﻮاﻟﻔﺔ( )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(7‬‬
‫)ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﳌﻮاﻟﻒ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻷﺳﺎﳼ‬
‫ميﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﴏ اﳌﺘﻀﻤﻨﺔ ﰲ ﻓﺌﺎت اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻟﻌﺎم )‪ ،(GENERAL‬إﻋﺪاد اﻟﺼﻮت )‪ ،(SOUND‬إﻋﺪاد اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫إﻋﺪاد اﻟﺼﻮت )‪(SOUND‬‬ ‫)‪(DISPLAY‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻗﺎمئﺔ اﻹﻋﺪاد ﻫﺬه ﻋﻨﺪ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر أي ﻣﺼﺪر‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪.MENU‬‬
‫‪EQ5 PRESET‬‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﺎر واﺣﺪًا ﻣﻦ ‪ 10‬ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎت ﻟﻠﻤﻜﺎﻓﺊ أو وﺿﻊ اﻹﻳﻘﺎف‪:‬‬ ‫‪ 2‬أدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻓﺌﺔ اﻹﻋﺪاد‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫]‪،[HIP-HOP] ،[DANCE] ،[POP] ،[ROCK] ،[R&B] ،[OFF‬‬ ‫ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﴏ اﻟﺘﻲ ميﻜﻦ إﻋﺪادﻫﺎ ﺗﺒ ًﻌﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺪر واﻹﻋﺪادات‪.‬‬
‫]‪،[BONGO] ،[AFRO POP] ،[JAZZ] ،[ELECTRONICA‬‬ ‫‪ 3‬أدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎء اﻟﺨﻴﺎرات‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫]‪.[CUSTOM‬‬
‫ميﻜﻦ ﺣﻔﻆ إﻋﺪاد ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻰ اﳌﻜﺎﻓﺊ ﰲ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺼﺪر‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻌﻮدة إﱃ اﳌﻨﻈﺮ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫)اﻟﻌﻮدة(‪.‬‬ ‫اﺿﻐﻂ‬

‫‪10AR‬‬
 ‫‪ 4‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ENTER‬ﻟﻠﻌﻮدة إﱃ وﺿﻊ اﳌﺘﺼ ّﻔﺢ اﻟﴪﻳﻊ‬
‫‪.Quick-BrowZer‬‬ ‫اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ اﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎت واﻻﺳﺘامع إﻟﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﺒﻨﺪ اﳌﺨﺘﺎر‪.‬‬
‫‪ 5‬أدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺒﻨﺪ اﳌﺮﻏﻮب‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻐري‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘامع اﳌﺘﻜﺮر واﻻﺳﺘامع ﺑﱰﺗﻴﺐ ّ‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪأ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫)ﺗﻐﻴري اﻟﱰﺗﻴﺐ(‬ ‫‪ 1‬أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ )ﺗﻜﺮار( أو‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮر ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر وﺿﻊ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳌﺮﻏﻮب ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ميﻜﻦ ﻟﻼﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﰲ وﺿﻊ اﻻﺳﺘامع اﳌﺨﺘﺎر أن ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮق وﻗﺘًﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ أن ﻳﺒﺪأ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ أوﺿﺎع اﻻﺳﺘامع اﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺗﺒ ًﻌﺎ ﳌﺼﺪر اﻟﺼﻮت اﳌﺨﺘﺎر‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ اﻻﺳﻢ‬

‫)™‪(Quick-BrowZer‬‬
‫‪ 1‬أﺛﻨﺎء اﻻﺳﺘامع ﳌﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت ‪ ،USB‬اﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫)اﻟﺘﺼﻔّﺢ(* ﻟﻌﺮض ﻻﺋﺤﺔ ﻓﺌﺎت اﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪.‬‬
‫)اﻟﻌﻮدة( ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮر‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻻﺋﺤﺔ اﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎت‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫إﱃ أن ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﺌﺔ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ اﳌﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫أﺛﻨﺎء اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ‪ ،USB‬اﺿﻐﻂ )اﻟﺘﺼ ّﻔﺢ( ﳌﺪة ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫*‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘني ﻟﻠﻌﻮدة ﻣﺒﺎﴍة إﱃ ﺑﺪاﻳﺔ ﻻﺋﺤﺔ اﻟﻔﺌﺎت‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬أدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻓﺌﺔ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ اﳌﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻄﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﻛ ّﺮر اﻟﺨﻄﻮة ‪ 2‬ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ اﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ اﳌﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪأ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻧﻬﺎء وﺿﻊ ‪Quick-BrowZer‬‬
‫)اﻟﺘﺼ ّﻔﺢ(‪.‬‬ ‫اﺿﻐﻂ‬

‫اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ّ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻄﻲ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد )وﺿﻊ اﻟﻘﻔﺰ(‬
‫)اﻟﺘﺼ ّﻔﺢ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 1‬اﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫‪ 2‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪.SEEK +‬‬
‫‪ 3‬أدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺒﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ّ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻄﻲ ﺑﻨﻮد اﻟﻘﺎمئﺔ ﺑﺨﻄﻮات ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪ 10%‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﻜﲇ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﻨﻮد‪.‬‬

‫‪9AR‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﳌﺤﻄﺎت اﳌﺨﺰّﻧﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺤﺰﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ زر اﻟﺮﻗﻢ )ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬إﱃ ‪.(6‬‬

‫اﻻﺳﺘامع إﱃ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪USB‬‬

‫ميﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام أﺟﻬﺰة ‪ USB‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﺌﺔ ‪) MSC‬ﻓﺌﺔ اﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﺠامﻋﻲ( و‬
‫اﺳﺘﻌامل ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻹذاﻋﻴﺔ )‪(RDS‬‬
‫‪) MTP‬ﺑﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮل ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ( )ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺸ ّﻐﻞ ﻓﻼش ‪ ،USB‬ﻣﺸ ّﻐﻞ وﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫رﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ™‪ (Android‬اﳌﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻘﻴﺎس ‪.USB‬‬ ‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر أﻧﻮاع اﻟﱪاﻣﺞ )‪(PTY‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻄ ّﻠﺐ اﻷﻣﺮ إﻋﺪاد وﺿﻊ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪ USB‬ﻋﲆ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪ MTP‬وذﻟﻚ ﺗﺒ ًﻌﺎ‬
‫ﳌﺸ ّﻐﻞ اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ أو ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ‪.Android‬‬ ‫‪ 1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ PTY‬أﺛﻨﺎء اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ‪.FM‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت‬ ‫‪ 2‬أدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ إﱃ أن ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﻮع اﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﳌﺮﻏﻮب‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺨﺼﻮص اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮل ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ وﺣﺪة ‪ USB‬اﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺰﻳﺎرة ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‬ ‫اﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺪﻋﻢ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(21‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻏري ﻣﺪﻋﻮم‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺒﺪأ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﺗﺒﺚ ﻧﻮع اﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﳌﺨﺘﺎر‪.‬‬
‫‪:MP3/WMA/FLAC‬‬ ‫أﻧﻮاع اﻟﱪاﻣﺞ‬
‫‪ ‬اﳌﻠﻔﺎت اﳌﺤﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﺤﻘﻮق اﻟﻄﺒﻊ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ‪) DRM‬إدارة اﻟﺤﻘﻮق اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ(‬
‫‪) NEWS‬أﺧﺒﺎر(‪) AFFAIRS ،‬اأﺣﺪاث راﻫﻨﺔ(‪) INFO ،‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت(‪،‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺼﻮت ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة اﻟﻘﻨﻮات‬
‫‪:MP3/WMA‬‬ ‫‪) SPORT‬رﻳﺎﺿﺔ(‪) EDUCATE ،‬ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ(‪) DRAMA ،‬متﺜﻴﻠﻴﺎت(‪،‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﺪﻳﻢ اﻟﻔﺎﻗﺪ‬ ‫‪) CULTURE‬ﺛﻘﺎﻓﺔ(‪) SCIENCE ،‬ﻋﻠﻮم(‪) VARIED ،‬ﻣﻨﻮﻋﺎت(‪،‬‬
‫‪) POP M‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ اﻟﺒﻮب(‪) ROCK M ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ اﻟﺮوك(‪،‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬مبﻨﻔﺬ ‪) USB‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(6‬‬ ‫‪) EASY M‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻫﺎدﺋﺔ ‪) LIGHT M ،(M.O.R.‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻛﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪأ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﻔﻴﻔﺔ(‪) CLASSICS ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻛﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺟﺎدة(‪OTHER M ،‬‬
‫إذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻣﺘﺼ ً‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﺒﺪء اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﺿﻐﻂ ‪SRC‬‬ ‫)أمنﺎط ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﯩﺔ أﺧﺮى(‪) WEATHER ،‬اﻷﺣﻮال اﻟﺠﻮﻳﺔ(‪FINANCE ،‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ]‪.[USB‬‬ ‫)ﻣﺎل(‪) CHILDREN ،‬ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ أﻃﻔﺎل(‪) SOCIAL A ،‬ﺷﺌﻮن اﺟﺘامﻋﻴﺔ(‪،‬‬
‫‪ 2‬اﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت ﻋﲆ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬ ‫‪) RELIGION‬دﻳﻦ(‪) PHONE IN ،‬ﻣﺪاﺧﻼت ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ(‪TRAVEL ،‬‬
‫)ﺳﻔﺮ(‪) LEISURE ،‬ﺗﺮوﻳﺢ(‪) JAZZ ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ اﻟﺠﺎز(‪COUNTRY ،‬‬
‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎف اﻻﺳﺘامع إﱃ اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬ ‫)ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ رﻳﻔﻴﺔ(‪) NATION M ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ وﻃﻨﻴﺔ(‪) OLDIES ،‬أﻟﺤﺎن‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﳌﺪة ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ واﺣﺪة‪.‬‬ ‫اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ OFF‬وأﺑ ِﻘﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﺪميﺔ(‪) FOLK M ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺷﻌﺒﻴﺔ(‪) DOCUMENT ،‬ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ وﺛﺎﺋﻘﻴﺔ(‬
‫ﻟﻨﺰع اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‬
‫أو ِﻗﻒ اﻻﺳﺘامع‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﺰع اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﺖ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ )‪(CT‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ‪ CT‬اﳌﺘﻀﻤﻨّﺔ ﰲ ﺑﺚ ‪ RDS‬ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﺖ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﺒﻂ ]‪ [SET CT-ON‬ﰲ ]‪[SET GENERAL‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(10‬‬

‫‪8AR‬‬
 ‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ﺻﻮيت ﻧﻘﺎل آﺧﺮ‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺮادﻳﻮ‬
‫‪ 1‬أوﻗِﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﺼﻮيت اﻟﻨﻘﺎل‪.‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺮادﻳﻮ‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺨﻔﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﺻﻮت ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺮادﻳﻮ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ SRC‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪.[TUNER‬‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﺼﻮيت اﻟﻨﻘﺎل مبﻘﺒﺲ دﺧﻞ اﳌﺼﺪر‬
‫اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻲ ‪) AUX‬ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺳﺘريﻳﻮ( اﳌﻮﺟﻮد ﻋﲆ ﻫﺬه‬
‫اﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ًﻴﺎ )‪(BTM‬‬ ‫اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌامل ﺳﻠﻚ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ )ﻏري ﻣﺮﻓﻖ(*‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ MODE‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴري اﻟﺤﺰﻣﺔ اﳌﻮﺟﻴﺔ )‪ FM1‬أو ‪ FM2‬أو‬ ‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻮع اﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫*‬

‫‪ FM3‬أو ‪ MW‬أو ‪ SW1‬أو ‪.(SW2‬‬

‫‪ 2‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ MENU‬وأدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر‬
‫]‪ ،[SET GENERAL‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬أدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪ ،[SET BTM‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮم اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﳌﺤﻄﺎت ﻋﲆ أزرار اﻷرﻗﺎم ﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫اﻟﱰدد‪.‬‬

‫اﳌﻮاﻟﻔﺔ‬ ‫‪ 4‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ SRC‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪.[AUX‬‬

‫‪ 1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ MODE‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴري اﻟﺤﺰﻣﺔ اﳌﻮﺟﻴﺔ )‪ FM1‬أو ‪ FM2‬أو‬ ‫ﳌﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﺻﻮت اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﳌﻮﺻّ ﻞ ﺑﺎﳌﺼﺎدر اﻷﺧﺮى‬
‫‪ FM3‬أو ‪ MW‬أو ‪ SW1‬أو ‪.(SW2‬‬ ‫اﺑﺪأ اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﺼﻮيت اﻟﻨﻘﺎل مبﺴﺘﻮى ﺻﻮت ﻣﻌﺘﺪل‪ ،‬واﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى‬
‫ﺻﻮت اﺳﺘامﻋﻚ اﳌﻌﺘﺎد ﻋﲆ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﳌﻮاﻟﻔﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ،MENU‬ﺛﻢ اﺧﱰ ]‪[SET AUX VOL]  [SET SOUND‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻮاﻟﻔﺔ ﻳﺪوﻳًﺎ‬ ‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(11‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ اﻟﱰدد اﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬ ‫اﺿﻐﻂ –‪ SEEK +/‬وأﺑﻘِﻪ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ –‪ SEEK +/‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮر ﻟﻠﻀﺒﻂ اﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻋﲆ اﻟﱰدد اﳌﺮﻏﻮب‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻮاﻟﻔﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ًﻴﺎ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ –‪.SEEK +/‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻣﺎ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻳﺪوﻳًﺎ‬
‫‪ 1‬أﺛﻨﺎء اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﳌﺤﻄﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ زر اﻟﺮﻗﻢ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ إﱃ أن ﺗﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﻌﺒﺎرة ]‪.[MEM‬‬ ‫)ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬إﱃ ‪ (6‬وأﺑﻘِﻪ‬

‫‪7AR‬‬
 ‫ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺒﺪء‬
‫‪ 1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ MENU‬وأدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر‬
‫]‪ ،[SET GENERAL‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺰع اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ 2‬أدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪ ،[SET CLOCK-ADJ‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫ميﻜﻨﻚ ﻧﺰع اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﳌﻨﻊ اﻟﴪﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ‪ ‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ً‬ ‫‪ 1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ OFF‬وأﺑﻘِﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻣﺾ ﻗﺮاءة اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺎت‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪ ،‬واﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﲆ زر ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫‪ 3‬أدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺎت واﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫اﺳﺤﺐ اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﻧﺤﻮك ﻹزاﻟﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ اﻟﻘﺮاءة اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ –‪.SEEK +/‬‬
‫‪ 4‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪.MENU‬‬
‫ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻜﺘﻤﻞ اﻟﻀﺒﻂ وﺗﺒﺪأ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ‪.DSPL‬‬

‫ﻣﻨ ّﺒﻪ اﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬

‫اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺠﻬﺎز ‪USB‬‬ ‫إذا أدرت ﺳﻮﻳﺘﺶ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳌﺤ ّﺮك إﱃ ‪ OFF‬دون ﻧﺰع اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺼﺪر ﺻﻮت ﻣﻨ ّﺒﻪ اﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﻟﺒﻀﻊ ﺛﻮان‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﺼﺪر ﺻﻮت اﳌﻨ ّﺒﻪ إﻻ إذا ﻛﺎن‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺨﻔﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﺻﻮت ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬ ‫اﳌﻀﺨّ ﻢ اﻟﺼﻮيت اﳌﺘﻀ ّﻤﻦ ﰲ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪ ًﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫‪6AR‬‬
 ‫‪/// ‬‬ ‫‪MEGA BASS ‬‬
‫ﺣﺪد ﻋﻨﴫ إﻋﺪاد‪ ،‬إﻟﺦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻌﺰز ﺻﻮت اﻟﺠﻬري أﺛﻨﺎء اﳌﺰاﻣﻨﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت‪.‬‬
‫‪ENTER‬‬ ‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﺘﻐﻴري ﺿﺒﻂ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪.[OFF] ،[2] ،[1] :MEGA BASS‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ إدﺧﺎل اﻟﺒﻨﺪ اﳌﺨﺘﺎر‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻣﻘﺒﺲ دﺧﻞ ‪AUX‬‬
‫‪) /‬اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪/‬اﻟﻼﺣﻖ(‬
‫‪) DSPL ‬اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ(‬
‫–‪) +/‬اﻷﻟﺒﻮم –‪(+/‬‬ ‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﺘﻐﻴري اﻟﻌﻨﺎﴏ اﳌﻮﺟﻮدة ﻋﲆ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬رﻓﻊ‪/‬ﺧﻔﺾ )ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت( –‪VOL +/‬‬ ‫‪) SCRL‬ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ(‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻣﻌﺮوض ﻋﲆ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﺿﻐﻄﻪ وأﺑﻘِﻪ‬
‫اﻧﺰع ﴍﻳﻂ )رﻗﺎﻗﺔ( اﻟﻌﺰل ﻗﺒﻞ اﻻﺳﺘﻌامل‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ‪USB‬‬

‫وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ ‪RM-X211‬‬

‫اﻟﺰر ‪) VOL‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت( ‪ +‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻠﻤﻮﺳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪) ATT ‬ﺧﻔﺾ(‬

‫اﺧﻔﺾ اﻟﺼﻮت‪ .‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى ﻹﻟﻐﺎء اﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪SOUND ‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎمئﺔ ‪ SOUND‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﴍ‪.‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻗﺎمئﺔ اﻹﻋﺪاد‪.‬‬ ‫اﺿﻐﻂ وأﺑﻘِﻪ‬

‫‪5AR‬‬
 ‫دﻟﻴﻞ اﻷﺟﺰاء وﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ‬
‫اﻟﻮﺣﺪة اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬

‫‪SEEK +/– ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬زر ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫اﳌﻮاﻟﻔﺔ ﻋﲆ ﻣﺤﻄﺎت اﻟﺮادﻳﻮ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ًﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﻤﻮاﻟﻔﺔ ﻳﺪو ًﻳﺎ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻄﻪ وأﺑﻘِﻪ‬ ‫‪) SRC ‬ﻣﺼﺪر(‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر‪.‬‬
‫‪) /‬اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪/‬اﻟﻼﺣﻖ(‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴري اﳌﺼﺪر‪.‬‬
‫‪) /‬اﻟﱰﺟﻴﻊ‪/‬اﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ اﻟﴪﻳﻊ(‬ ‫‪OFF‬‬
‫‪) PTY ‬ﻧﻮع اﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ(‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﳌﺪة ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎف اﳌﺼﺪر وﻋﺮض اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻄﻪ وأﺑﻘِﻪ‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻧﻮع اﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ PTY‬ﰲ ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻹذاﻋﻴﺔ ‪.RDS‬‬ ‫واﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫)اﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ( )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(9‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﳌﺪة‬ ‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﺘﻴﺎر وإﻳﻘﺎف ﻋﺮض اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻄﻪ وأﺑﻘِﻪ‬
‫اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﰲ وﺿﻊ اﳌﺘﺼ ّﻔﺢ أﺛﻨﺎء اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘني‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﺗﻢ إﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﻮﺣﺪة واﺧﺘﻔﺖ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺣﻴﻨﻬﺎ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪) MODE ‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(7‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ُﺑﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)اﻟﻌﻮدة(‬
‫اﻟﻌﻮدة إﱃ اﳌﻨﻈﺮ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫أدِره ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﺴﺘﻘ ِﺒﻞ أواﻣﺮ اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ‬ ‫‪PUSH ENTER‬‬
‫‪ ‬أزرار اﻷرﻗﺎم )ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬إﱃ ‪(6‬‬ ‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ إدﺧﺎل اﻟﺒﻨﺪ اﳌﺨﺘﺎر‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﳌﺤﻄﺎت اﻹذاﻋﻴﺔ اﳌﺨ ّﺰﻧﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﳌﺤﻄﺎت‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻄﻪ وأﺑﻘِﻪ‬ ‫‪MENU‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎمئﺔ اﻹﻋﺪاد‪.‬‬
‫‪ALBUM /‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﻄﻲ أﻟﺒﻮم ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﺼﻮيت‪ّ .‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻧﺎﻓﺬة اﻟﻌﺮض‬
‫ﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ اﻷﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎت ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫اﺿﻐﻄﻪ وأﺑﻘِﻪ‬
‫)اﻟﺘﻜﺮار(‬
‫)ﺗﻐﻴري اﻟﱰﺗﻴﺐ(‬
‫‪PAUSE‬‬

‫‪4AR‬‬
 ‫ﺟﺪول اﳌﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت‬
‫دﻟﻴﻞ اﻷﺟﺰاء وﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ‪4 ...............................................................‬‬

‫اﻟﺒﺪء‬
‫ﻧﺰع اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪6 .............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪6 .......................................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺠﻬﺎز ‪6 ...........................................................................USB‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ﺻﻮيت ﻧﻘﺎل آﺧﺮ‪7 ................................................................‬‬

‫اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺮادﻳﻮ‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺮادﻳﻮ‪7 ...................................................................................‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻌامل ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻹذاﻋﻴﺔ )‪8 ............................................... (RDS‬‬

‫اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘامع إﱃ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪8 .......................................................................USB‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ اﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎت واﻻﺳﺘامع إﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪9 ..................................................‬‬

‫اﻹﻋﺪادات‬
‫إﻟﻐﺎء وﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ ‪10 ...............................................DEMO‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻷﺳﺎﳼ‪10 ........................................................................‬‬
‫اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻟﻌﺎم )‪10 ..............................................................(GENERAL‬‬
‫إﻋﺪاد اﻟﺼﻮت )‪10 ................................................................ (SOUND‬‬
‫إﻋﺪاد اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ )‪11 ............................................................... (DISPLAY‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت إﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎت اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ‪11 ...............................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ‪11 ..............................................................................................‬‬
‫اﳌﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‪12 .........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺤ ّﺮي اﻟﺨﻠﻞ وإﺻﻼﺣﻪ‪14 ........................................................................‬‬

‫اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪/‬اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎت ‪16 ............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻗﺎمئﺔ أﺟﺰاء اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‪16 ............................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪17 ............................................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‪18 .............................................................................................‬‬

‫‪3AR‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﰲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻋﺪادات‬
‫اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة ﻷن اﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺳﺎﺧﻨًﺎ أﺛﻨﺎء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻼﻃﻼع ﻋﲆ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬راﺟﻊ »اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪/‬اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ« )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(16‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻻﺳﻢ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺿﺢ اﻟﺠﻬﺪ اﻟﻜﻬﺮيب ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ إﻟﺦ‪ ،‬أﺳﻔﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‪ :‬ﺗﺠﻨﺐ اﺑﺘﻼع اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ إن ﻫﺬا ﻳﻨﻄﻮي ﻋﲆ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺣﺮوق ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮي وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ ﻫﺬه ﻋﲆ ﺑﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﺧﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﻋﲆ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ زر‪/‬ﻋﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬وإذا ﺗﻢ اﺑﺘﻼع اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ اﻟﺨﻠﻮﻳﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﲆ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫زر‪/‬ﻋﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﰲ ﺣﺮوق داﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺷﺪﻳﺪة ﺧﻼل ﺳﺎﻋﺘني‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣام ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي إﱃ اﻟﻮﻓﺎة‪.‬‬
‫اﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺎت اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪة واﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﻌﻴﺪًا ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎول اﻷﻃﻔﺎل‪ .‬إذا‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺣﺠرية اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﻏري ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎم‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﳌﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫واﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻌﻴﺪًا ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎول اﻷﻃﻔﺎل‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻌﺘﻘﺪ أن اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ اﺑﺘﻼﻋﻬﺎ أو وﺿﻌﻬﺎ داﺧﻞ أي ﺟﺰء ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺠﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻤﺲ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﻴﺔ ﻋﲆ اﻟﻔﻮر‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت ﺣﻮل ﺑﻄﺎرﻳﺔ اﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮم‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮض ﺑﻄﺎرﻳﺔ اﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮم ﻟﺤﺮارة ﺷﺪﻳﺪة ﻛﺄﺷﻌﺔ اﻟﺸﻤﺲ اﳌﺒﺎﴍة أو اﻟﻨﺎر‬
‫أو ﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺑﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ إذا ﻛﺎن ﺳﻮﻳﺘﺶ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺤ ّﺮك ﺳﻴﺎرﺗﻚ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻀ ّﻤﻦ وﺿﻊ‬
‫اﻟﻜامﻟﻴﺎت ‪ACC‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ إﻋﺪاد وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻹﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎيئ ‪) AUTO OFF‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(10‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ إﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﺎم وﺗﻠﻘﺎيئ ﰲ اﳌﻮﻋﺪ اﳌﱪﻣﺞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻮﺣﺪة إﱃ وﺿﻊ اﻹﻳﻘﺎف‪ ،‬اﻷﻣﺮ اﻟﺬي ﻳﺤﻮل دون اﺳﺘﻨﺰاف ﺷﺤﻨﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ‪ .‬إذا مل ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺪاد وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪ ،AUTO OFF‬ﻓﺎﺿﻐﻂ ‪OFF‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ إﱃ أن ﺗﺨﺘﻔﻲ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻛﻠام ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺳﻮﻳﺘﺶ‬ ‫وأﺑ ِﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳌﺤ ّﺮك إﱃ وﺿﻊ اﻹﻳﻘﺎف‪.‬‬

‫إﺧﻼء اﳌﺴﺆوﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﻬﺎ اﻟﺠﻬﺎت اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻐﻴري اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﻬﺎ اﻟﺠﻬﺎت اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻴﺔ أو ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﻬﺎ أو‬
‫إﻧﻬﺎؤﻫﺎ دون إﺧﻄﺎر ﻣﺴﺒﻖ‪ .‬وﻻ ﺗﺘﺤﻤﻞ ‪ Sony‬أي ﻣﺴﺆوﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ أﻧﻮاع‬
‫اﳌﻮاﻗﻒ ﻫﺬه‪.‬‬

‫‪2AR‬‬
 ‫‪FM/MW/SW‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬ ‫إرﺷﺎدات اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪Digital Media‬‬
‫‪PR‬‬ ‫دﺳﺘﻮر اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎی ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺎﺗﯽ‬ ‫‪Player‬‬

‫ﻹﻟﻐﺎء اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ )‪ ،(DEMO‬راﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.10‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪/‬اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‪ ،‬راﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.16‬‬

‫ﺑﺮای ﻟﻐﻮ منﺎﯾﺶ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ منﺎﯾﺸﯽ )‪ ،(DEMO‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 10‬را ﺑﺒﯿﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺮای ﮐﺴﺐ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﯿﺸﱰ درﺑﺎره اﺗﺼﺎل‪/‬ﻧﺼﺐ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 16‬رﺟﻮع ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪http://www.sony.net/‬‬
‫‪©2015 Sony Corporation Printed in Thailand‬‬

‫‪DSX-A100U/DSX-A100UW‬‬